See all Online Master's Degrees in Health
See all Master's Degrees in Engineering
Most searched curriculums
Official qualification
Madrid
Companies demand profiles with the ability to tackle complex digital problems and understand their impact on the business world. At UAX we train you to be that professional and stand out by adding value to the company from the first day of work.
Because it combines the rigour of mathematics with the innovation of computer science, preparing you to solve complex problems and lead the technological development of the future.
98% EMPLOYABILITY
98% of our graduates get their first job after completing their degree.
8800 CONVENTIONS
Collaboration so that you can do your internship in the best companies in the sector.
95% ACTIVE TEACHERS
Your training, aligned with professional reality
Digital transformation is reshaping industries, which are in need of professionals capable of understanding new technologies and applying them strategically within businesses.
The Dual Degree in Mathematical Engineering and Computer Engineering at UAX combines the quantitative analysis of mathematics with the ability to devise practical, computer-based solutions, creating profiles that are essential for the most cutting-edge digitalised companies.
UAX MAKERS
Work on real-world projects with companies. The UAX Makers model is based on collaborative work between students who team up to tackle a real-world project. To this end, we bring together students from different degree programmes, fostering a diversity of approaches and teamwork as key to achieving the best possible solution.
Development of a virtual twin of the Villanueva de la Cañada campus.
Development of innovative solutions to optimise customer operations at CaixaBank, through the use of predictive models, AI and data analysis.
Use of artificial intelligence techniques to predict working hours in large international engineering projects.
Collaboration in the design and development of an analytical architecture to derive patterns in global cybersecurity-related data.
Application of mathematical models and data analysis in the design of a health school for patients and families, improving management and communication in the health sector.
Use of Industry 5.0 techniques to build an analytical environment for real-time image processing and offer a unique user experience in the sector.
Bachelor’s Degree in Mathematical Engineering + Bachelor’s Degree in Computer Engineering
First Year
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| C0142300 | Algebra I | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Algebra ICódigo: C0142300 Imprimir Course 1: First-term module. Basic training. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module, together with Algebra II, forms the subject of Algebra. This module, which forms part of the degree programme’s Core Curriculum, aims not only to ensure that students are familiar with the main fundamental theorems of linear algebra, but also to enable them to understand matrix calculus from a conceptual perspective and to apply it to solving problems typical of mathematical engineering; it is, therefore, the foundation for other modules and subjects within the degree programme, such as Numerical Calculus, Operational Research, Stochastic Calculus and Artificial Intelligence. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Learning outcomes RK4 – To be familiar with rigorous proofs of some classical theorems in different areas of mathematics. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 - To use mathematical language to formulate propositions in various fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or abilities. Description of the content 1. SYSTEMS OF LINEAR EQUATIONS. 1.1 Systems of linear equations. Types. Gauss-Jordan method. Discussion of solutions. 1.2 Matrices. Classification. Elementary transformations, Hermitian normal form and rank. Operations: addition, scalar multiplication and matrix multiplication; trace; transposition; inversion. Properties. Regular matrices. Equivalence. 1.3 Matrix notation for systems of linear equations. Rouché–Frobenius theorem. 1.4 Determinants. Properties. The determinant-rank-inversion relationship. Determinants and systems of linear equations: Cramer’s rule. 2. VECTOR SPACES. 2.1 Vector spaces. Further properties of addition and scalar multiplication. 2.2 Linear dependence and independence. Properties. Systems of generators. Bases. Dimension. Coordinates of a vector in a given basis. Change of coordinates. 2.3 Vector subspaces. Vector subspaces of interest: intersection, linear envelope, row and column spaces of a matrix, solutions to a homogeneous system of linear equations. Equations and dimension of a vector subspace. Sum of vector subspaces. Dimension formula. Direct sum. Quotient vector space. 3. CLASSIFICATION OF ENDOMORPHISMS. 3.1 Linear mappings. Properties. Types. Kernel and image. 3.2 Matrix associated with a linear map. Relationship with the kernel and image; dimension formula. Changes of basis. 3.3 Operations on linear mappings. Properties. 3.4 Linear forms and dual space. Dual basis. Nullator of a vector subspace. Transposed linear map. 4. DIAGONALISATION OF ENDOMORPHISMS. 4.1 Eigenvectors and eigenvalues of an endomorphism. Characteristic and minimal polynomials. Algebraic and geometric multiplicities. 4.2 Diagonalizable matrices. Eigen subspaces. Diagonal form and basis of eigenvectors. Symmetric matrices. 4.3 Non-diagonalisable matrices. Generalised eigenspaces. Maximum subspaces. Canonical form and Jordan basis. 4.4 Complex eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Real canonical form and Jordan basis. Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1 Project work and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The assessment process will consist of evaluating the extent to which the student has achieved the learning outcomes associated with the subject. ASSESSMENT SYSTEMS The assessment methods for this module are: AS1 Practical activities. AS1 Final knowledge assessments. AS3 Portfolio. These systems contribute to a greater or lesser extent to the assessment of the learning outcomes assigned to this subject. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA The assessment systems described above are set out in the following assessment criteria: - There are two official examination sessions: the ordinary and the supplementary. +++REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD+++ The final mark for this sitting is the weighted average of a set of assessment tasks detailed below: -- a case study (SE1), accounting for 30 per cent of the final mark for the ordinary assessment period, to be carried out during the teaching term in small groups (designated by the course coordinator); this will require both the submission of exercises whilst the case study is in progress and the submission of a report and its public defence at the end of the teaching period. -- a non-exemption exam (SE3), to be taken individually during the teaching term, which will account for 20 per cent of the final mark for the standard examination session. -- a final examination (SE2) to be taken individually during the ordinary examination period in January (for further information, please consult the virtual campus), which assesses the entirety of the course content and will account for 50 per cent of the final mark for the standard examination session. ***** The weighted average of all these assessment components will be calculated only if the mark obtained in the final exam is 4.0 out of 10 or higher. Furthermore, only the examinations will be subject to re-marking. ***** A student will have passed the module in the ordinary examination period if, and only if, they obtain a final mark (weighted average of all assessment tests) of 5.0 out of 10 or higher. Otherwise, the student may pass the module in the supplementary assessment period. ********** If a student loses their right to continuous assessment, they must achieve a mark of 10.0 out of 10.0 in the regular examination session in order to pass the module. +++SESSION EXTRAORDINARY+++ If a student fails to pass the module in the ordinary examination session, they may do so in the supplementary examination session. This consists of a single examination which will take place during the supplementary examination period, June–July (for further information, please consult the online learning platform), and which assesses the entire syllabus covered in the module. *** The module is considered to have been passed in the supplementary sitting if the final mark is 5.0 or higher. GRADES Article 5 of Royal Decree 1125/2003 of 5 September establishes the grading system applicable to modules within degree programmes falling within the scope of the European Higher Education Area. This system is as follows: The award of the corresponding credits is conditional upon passing the associated examinations or assessment tests. The level of learning achieved by students will be expressed as numerical marks on a scale of 0 to 10, to one decimal place, to which the corresponding qualitative grade may be added: - 0–4.9: Fail (SS). - 5.0–6.9: Pass (AP). - 7.0–8.9: Good (NT). - 9.0–10: Distinction (SB). The distinction of ‘Honours’ shall be awarded to students who have obtained a mark of 9.0 or higher. The number of students awarded this distinction may not exceed five per cent of those enrolled on the course in the relevant academic year, unless the number of enrolled students is fewer than 20, in which case only one ‘First Class Honours’ may be awarded. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Juan De Burgos Román Algebra and Geometry. Definitions, Theorems and Results García Maroto Editores. 2010. ISBN: 9788492976942 2. Luis Merino and Evangelina Santos Linear Algebra using elementary methods Paraninfo. 2010. ISBN: 978-84-9732-4 Supplementary: 3. Gilbert Strang Introduction to Linear Algebra Wellesley Cambridge Press. 2008. ISBN: 8175968117 4.- Juan De Burgos Román Linear Algebra. 80 Useful Problems García Maroto Editores. 2007. ISBN: 9788493601805 Others: 5. Eugenio Hernández Linear Algebra and Geometry 3rd ed. ADDISON WESLEY. 2012. ISBN: 9788478291298 6. Jesús Rojo Linear Algebra McGraw-Hill. 2001. ISBN: 8448130162 7. Jesús Rojo Exercises and Problems in Linear Algebra 2nd ed. McGraw-Hill. 2005. ISBN: 8448198581 8. Stanley I. Grossman and José Job Flores Linear Algebra McGraw-Hill. 2012. ISBN: 978-607-15-07 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0142301 | Statistical analysis | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statistical analysisCódigo: C0142301 Imprimir Course 1: First-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To provide students with the basic knowledge and tools of statistical analysis, covering both data representation and, above all, statistical inference, which will be essential for tackling related topics in subsequent courses. Prerequisites No prior requirements have been set. Competencies Not applicable. Learning outcomes RC2 – Identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competencies. RC3 – Apply software to solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competencies. RC7 – Develop work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competencies. RS3 – Propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS5 – Use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic computation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the content 1. Elements of data analysis 2. Descriptive statistics: samples and distribution of sample characteristics 3. Probability distributions 4. Random variables 5. Statistical inference models. Statistics and their basic properties 6. Frequentist approach: point estimation, interval estimation and hypothesis testing 7. Bayesian approach: posterior distribution, credible intervals and Bayesian tests Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project work and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities requiring physical attendance will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the corresponding weighting as specified in the course syllabus. ---- ASSESSMENT SYSTEMS The assessment methods for this module are: - AS1: Practical activities - AS1: Final knowledge assessments - AS3: Portfolio ASSESSMENT CRITERIA The assessment methods described above are set out in the following assessment criteria: - There are two official examination sessions: the ordinary and the supplementary. +++REGULAR SESSION+++ The final mark for this examination period is the weighted average of a set of assessment tasks detailed below: -- Assignment submissions (SE3), accounting for 20 per cent of the final mark for the ordinary examination period, to be completed individually or in small groups during class time. -- Mid-term exam (SE1), to be taken individually during term time, accounting for 25 per cent of the final mark for the ordinary assessment period. -- Skill School (SE1), accounting for 5% of the final mark for the standard assessment period. -- Final exam (SE2), to be taken individually during the official ordinary examination period, covering the entire syllabus, and accounting for 50% of the final mark for the ordinary examination period, provided that the minimum mark is above 4 out of 10. If this mark is not achieved, the final mark for the module will be a fail in the ordinary examination period. *** The module is considered passed in the ordinary examination period if the final mark is 5.0 or higher. +++EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD+++ If a student fails the module in the ordinary examination period, they may retake it in the extraordinary examination period, which accounts for 100 per cent of the mark and covers the entire syllabus. The supplementary examination will take place during the July examination period (for further information, please consult the virtual campus). It consists of a single examination covering the entire syllabus of the module. *** The module is considered passed in the extraordinary examination session if the final mark is 5.0 or above. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. A. García Pérez Solved Problems in Basic Statistics. National University of Distance Education. 1998. ISBN: 978-84-362-37 2. J. Gorgas García, N. Cardiel López, and J. Zamorano Calvo. Basic Statistics for Science Students. UCM Publishing. 2011. ISBN: 978-84-691-89 3. R. Mullor Ibañez Basic Statistics I. An Introduction to Statistics. Published by the University of Alicante. 2017. ISBN: 978-84-9717-4 4. R. Mullor Ibañez Basic Statistics II. Probability: random variables. Published by the University of Alicante. 2023. ISBN: 978-84-9717-8 Supplementary: 5. González Rosales, Alfredo Applied Statistics: Madrid: García-Maroto, D.L. 2009. 2009. ISBN: 9788492976416 6. Murray Spiegel PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 4th ed. McGraw-Hill Interamericana de España S.L. 2014. ISBN: 9786071511881 7. Neuhauser, Claudia Mathematics for Science 2nd ed. Madrid: Pearson-Prentice Hall, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 9788420542539 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0142302 | Algebraic structures | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Algebraic structuresCódigo: C0142302 Imprimir Course 1: First-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module has a twofold objective: on the one hand, students must learn to recognise that different mathematical tools share a common algebraic structure and therefore function in essentially the same way. On the other hand, students must learn to prove theorems and properties of mathematical objects using abstract reasoning. In this module, although some numerical calculations will be carried out, the focus is entirely on the use of symbols and their properties. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Competencies Not applicable. Learning outcomes RC9 – Formulate problems from a professional context in mathematical language in such a way as to facilitate their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competences. RK2 - Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operations research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RK4 – Be familiar with rigorous proofs of certain classical theorems in various areas of mathematics. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – Use mathematical language to formulate propositions in various fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the content Groups: 1) Definition of a group and its properties 2) Examples: congruences, permutations, matrices, dihedral groups, the direct product 3) Subgroups 4) Lagrange’s theorem 5) Normal subgroups. Quotient group 6) Group homomorphisms 7) Isomorphism theorems Rings 1) Definition of a ring and its properties 2) Subrings and ideals 3) Ring homomorphisms 4) The ring of polynomials in one variable, with coefficients in a field Learning activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project work and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutorials. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University shall be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting assigned to it in accordance with the course syllabus. ---- Continuous assessment consists of the following marks: 1) A set of exercises based on the syllabus will be set, or a written assignment will be set in which a topic from the course is explored in greater depth. These will account for 10 per cent 2) A written test will be held halfway through the course This mark will account for 40 per cent 3) The official course examination will be held during the regular examination period; it will be written and cover the course content. This mark will account for 50 per cent. Under no circumstances will passing the tests exempt students from any part of this final exam. Continuous assessment may be forfeited in two circumstances: 1) if class attendance is less than or equal to 70 per cent 2) if the mark in the official examination is less than or equal to 4 Students who, for any reason, forfeit their continuous assessment will sit the official examination, which will count for 100% of the final mark For clarity, please note that even if you do not lose your continuous assessment due to attendance, scoring less than a 4 in the official exam will result in a fail for the module In the resit period, no previous marks will be taken into account. A single examination covering the entire course content will be held. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. E. Bujalance, J. Etayo, J.M. Gamboa Commutative Rings and Fields UNED. 2002. ISBN: 8436244486 2. E. Bujalance, J. Etayo, J.M. Gamboa Elementary Group Theory UNED. 2002. ISBN: 8436244362 3. J. Dorronsoro, E. Hernández Numbers, Groups and Rings Addison Wesley, UAM. 1996. ISBN: 0201653958 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0142303 | Fundamentals of Programming and Computing | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fundamentals of Programming and ComputingCódigo: C0142303 Imprimir Course 1: First-term module. Basic training. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives - Understanding the basics of programming: Students will be able to understand the fundamentals of programming, including algorithmic logic and the use of control structures. - Develop skills in Python: Students are expected to learn to programme effectively in Python, applying the principles of object-oriented programming and other key techniques. - Solve problems using programming: Students should be able to design algorithms and write code to solve a variety of computational problems. - Apply good coding practices: Students will acquire knowledge of writing clean, efficient and modular code, following industry standards and best practices. - Foster logical and analytical thinking: Throughout the course, students will develop the ability to tackle complex problems in a structured and efficient manner. - Develop projects applying programming concepts: Students will be able to integrate the knowledge they have acquired into programming projects that solve real or simulated problems, using software design and development techniques. - Understand and evaluate the different types of storage systems and how they affect the performance of a computer system. - Introduction to computer architecture and microprocessors. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Competencies Not applicable. Learning outcomes RC2 – Identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competencies. RC3 – Apply software to solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computing environment for each case. TYPE: Competencies. RS5 - Use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic computation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills or competences. Course description This course is designed to introduce students to the fundamental concepts of programming and computational logic, with a specific focus on the Python programming language and SQL. Python and SQL are widely used in industry due to their simple syntax and readability, making them an excellent choice for beginners. Throughout the course, students will learn essential concepts such as control structures, data types, functions and file management. Principles of algorithmic design and good coding practices will also be covered. Learning activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.2 Workshops and practical sessions. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University shall be the sole assessment criterion, with the corresponding weighting as specified in the course syllabus. ---- Ordinary Examination Period: 1) Participation and attendance + completion of case studies (50 per cent): a) Regular attendance at classes and scheduled activities. b) Active participation in discussions and debates. c) Correct and complete completion of case studies. d) If a ULAB is held, it is assessed as a mid-term exam. 2) Final examination (50%): an examination held during the standard examination period, comprising 50% theoretical questions and 50% case studies. The calculation of the final mark in the standard examination period will be conditional upon achieving a minimum mark of 4.0 out of 10 in the final exam. Once this requirement has been met, a weighted average of all activities and assessment tests will be calculated, even if any of them have been failed. If the mark obtained in the final exam is less than 4.0 out of 10, the final mark will be the mark obtained in that exam. Extraordinary Examination Period (100% Exam): - In the supplementary assessment, the mark will be based solely on an exam covering the entire course content. - The exam will account for 100 per cent of the final mark. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. Al Sweigart Automate the Boring Stuff with Python, 3rd Edition: Practical Programming for Total Beginners No Starch Press. 2025. ISBN: 1718503407 2. Charles Russell Severance Python for Everyone: Exploring Data with Python 3 Self-published. 2020. ISBN: 9798633985566 3. Eric Matthes Python Crash Course, 3rd Edition: A Hands-On, Project-Based Introduction to Programming No Starch Press. 2023. ISBN: 1718502702 4. F. Cuesta Introduction to Programming with Python Marcombo. 2019. ISBN: 978-842673616 5. John M. Zelle Python Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science Franklin, Beedle & Associates. 2024. ISBN: 1590282973 6. John V. Guttag Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python, third edition: With Application to Computational Modelling and Understanding Data The MIT Press. 2021. ISBN: 0262542366 7. Mark Lutz Learning Python O’Reilly Media. 2013. ISBN: 1449355730 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0142304 | Mathematical Foundations of Engineering I | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mathematical Foundations of Engineering ICódigo: C0142304 Imprimir Course 1: First-semester module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module, which together with Mathematical Foundations of Engineering II forms part of the Mathematical Analysis I course within the degree programme’s Basic Training module, aims to provide the mathematical foundations necessary to understand, interpret and apply various concepts and theories, which are fundamental aspects for a graduate in mathematics. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Competencies Not applicable. Learning outcomes RK4 – To be familiar with rigorous proofs of some classical theorems in different areas of mathematics. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – To use mathematical language to formulate propositions in different fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS3 - To propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the content The content to be covered in this module is as follows: Topic 1: Real numbers Topic 2: Complex numbers Topic 3: Numerical sequences Topic 4: Numerical series Topic 5: Limits and continuity Topic 6: Derivatives Topic 7: Applications of the derivative Topic 8: Graphing functions Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1 Project work and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard assessment period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University shall be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The assessment process will consist of verifying and evaluating the student’s acquisition of the required competences. There are two official examination sessions: the ordinary and the supplementary. +++REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD+++ The final mark for this sitting is the weighted average of a set of assessment tasks detailed below: - Assignment submissions (SE1), accounting for 20% of the final mark, to be completed individually or in small groups during the term. - Submission of a project (SE2), accounting for 20 per cent of the final mark, to be carried out individually or in small groups at the end of the term. - Two mid-term examinations (SE3), to be taken individually during the term. Each will account for 30 per cent of the final mark. *** The module is considered passed in the ordinary assessment period through continuous assessment if the final mark is 5.0 or above. *** Otherwise, the student must sit the final exam in the ordinary examination period. Their mark in the ordinary examination period will correspond to the mark obtained in the final exam. +++EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD+++ If a student has not passed the module during the ordinary examination period, they may sit the examination during the extraordinary examination period. The supplementary examination period will take place during the July examination period (for further information, please consult the Academic Calendar). It consists of a single examination covering the entire syllabus of the course. *** The module is considered passed in the supplementary sitting if the final mark is 5.0 or above. GRADES Article 5 of Royal Decree 1125/2003 of 5 September establishes the grading system applicable to modules in degree programmes within the European Higher Education Area. This system is as follows: The award of the corresponding credits is conditional upon passing the associated examinations or assessment tests. The level of learning achieved by students will be expressed as numerical marks on a scale of 0 to 10, to one decimal place, to which the corresponding qualitative mark may be added: - 0–4.9: Fail (SS). - 5.0–6.9: Pass (AP). - 7.0–8.9: Good (NT). - 9.0–10: Distinction (SB). The distinction of ‘Honours’ shall be awarded to students who have obtained a mark of 9.0 or higher. The number of students awarded this distinction may not exceed five per cent of those enrolled on the course in the relevant academic year, unless the number of enrolled students is fewer than 20, in which case only one ‘First Class Honours’ may be awarded. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core reading: 1. Michael Spivak Infinitesimal Calculus 2nd ed. Reverté. 1988. ISBN: 8429151362 Supplementary: 2.- Roland E. Larson, Robert P. Hostetler, Bruce H. Edwards Calculus and Analytic Geometry (Volume 1) McGraw-Hill. 2010. ISBN: 8448122291 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| S0141403 | Computer Science 1 | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Computer Science 1Código: S0141403 Imprimir Course 1: First-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives • To build a foundation of knowledge and skills based on the optimised use of IT resources and tools designed for academic, educational and professional purposes. • To foster information and knowledge management skills. • To provide a useful foundation for management and learning based on independent research using user-centred IT tools. • The ability to apply general knowledge of office automation and new information technologies in current practice and in future professional contexts. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established Learning outcomes RK4 Basic knowledge of the use and programming of computers, operating systems, databases and software applications in engineering. RK5 Knowledge of the structure, organisation, operation and interconnection of computer systems, the fundamentals of their programming, and their application to solving engineering problems. RC5 Knowledge and application of the tools required for the storage, processing and access to information systems, including web-based ones. Description of the content General content covered by the module: Concepts of information and communications technology. Basic structure and operation of computers. Computer applications for engineering. Advanced use of spreadsheets. Introduction to programming. The Web and web services. Web application development. Client-side (front-end) development. Server-side (back-end) development Course content: Computers and their use; File management; Word processing; Spreadsheets; Use of databases; Presentations; The Internet; Email; Instant messaging; Other Internet services; Creating content for the Internet; Blogs. Learning activities V1. – Lecture sessions: viewing and presentation of content V2.- Interactive synchronous classes V3.- Workshop and/or laboratory activities in virtual environments V4.- Guided exercises on the platform V5. – Independent study V6. Completing knowledge tests Assessment system and criteria For competences involving practical problem-solving skills, assessment will be based on the submission and presentation of case studies, as well as on students’ performance in the classroom during practical sessions. For competencies relating to the use of tools, students will undertake practical case studies in the laboratories or carry out group-based fieldwork. Submission of practical assignments and reports on their progress. For competences involving knowledge of subject content, a series of written examinations will be set to cover the full range of learning activities carried out in the classroom. Ordinary and supplementary examination sessions The assessment of the module consists of two parts (a mark of at least 4 in the final examination is required for the following percentages to apply): - Continuous assessment mark on campus (exercises, tests, etc.): 40% * Exercises and tests for the units: 40% * Final course assignment: 60% - Final exam: 60% Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Peña Pérez, Rosario Office 2016: Ediciones Altaria, 2015. ISBN: 9788494404979 2. VALENTIN, HANDZ OFFICE 2016 PRACTICAL COURSE Ra-Ma. 2016. ISBN: 9788499646343 Supplementary: 3.- CLAUDIA VALDES-MIRANDA EXCEL 2016 (ESSENTIAL HANDBOOK) Anaya Multimedia. 2016. ISBN: 9788441538023 4.- Lambert, Joan. MOS 2016 Study Guide for Microsoft Excel: Microsoft Press. 2016. ISBN: 9780735699434 5. VALENTIN, HANDZ EXCEL 2016 STEP BY STEP, 2nd UPDATED EDITION Ra-Ma. 2016. ISBN: 9788499646619 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| S0141406 | Communication Techniques 1 | FB | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Communication Techniques 1Código: S0141406 Imprimir Course 1: First-term module. Foundation course. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives To equip students with the skills to: 1. Develop oral and written communication skills in Spanish and improve their interpersonal communication. 2. Develop linguistic and textual skills (comprehension and production) and pragmatic skills in Spanish. 3. Improve their lexical competence and use appropriate terminology. 4. Use expressive, textual, contextual and documentary resources effectively. 5. Develop persuasive rhetoric and professional communication skills: reports, minutes, notices, etc. 6. Adopt responsible attitudes towards written culture and the written language. 7. Appreciate the role and value of linguistic communication in business and society. 8. Master the discourse of negotiation: verbal courtesy, argumentation. 9. Protocol Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Learning outcomes RC16 Ability to enter and integrate into a real professional environment within the field of the degree programme, adapting to its dynamics and working procedures, as well as its internal organisation, with the aim of carrying out tasks and/or performing specific roles that may or may not require participation in work teams RODS Develops effective communication, teamwork, analytical thinking, creativity and ethical leadership from a cross-disciplinary perspective, clearly inspired by democratic principles and values, as well as the Sustainable Development Goals, in order to operate with integrity within the professional sphere. Description of the content General content covered by the module: Human communication, Business communication, General writing. Processes and methods, Professional texts in ICT engineering, Grammar correction, Vocabulary, Summarising, Oral communication. Course content: Introduction to human communication. Communication in the workplace. General writing: processes and methods. Professional texts. Oral communication. The desire for a positive image. Acts that threaten one’s image (AAIP). Verbal courtesy. Qualitative studies of the main strategies of verbal politeness in various types of contexts: conversations, interviews, speeches, etc. Conflict management. Negotiation discourse. A qualitative study of the main agreements and conventions. Etiquette and social interaction. Business etiquette. Official state protocol. Training activities V1. – Lectures: Viewing and presentation of content V2.- Interactive synchronous classes V4.- Guided exercises on the platform V5. – Self-study V6. – Completing knowledge tests Assessment system and criteria Regular and supplementary assessment periods Assessment of the module consists of two parts: * Continuous assessment mark on campus (exercises, tests, etc.): 40% * Final exam: 60% Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. ALCARAZ VARÓ, E.; J. MATEO MARTÍNEZ Professional and Academic Languages. Ariel. 2007. ISBN: 9788434481220 2. Aranzadi Tellería, Dionisio The Art of Being a Business Leader Today Deusto. 2000. ISBN: 8474856728 3. Borrell i Carrió, F. How to work as part of a team: and build good relationships with managers and colleagues Gestión 2000. 2004. ISBN: 8480889705 4. Borrell, Francesc Communicate Well, Lead Better Barcelona: Gestión 2000, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8480887249 5. Cardona Soriano, Pablo and García Lombardía, Pilar How to Develop Leadership Skills EUNSA. 2007. ISBN: 8431323094 6. Cordón, José Antonio, et al. A Handbook on Document Search and Bibliographic Practice Pirámide. 1999. ISBN: 8436812026 7. David V. Feliciano Rules and Correct Usage of Modern Spanish Tirant Humanidades. 2011. ISBN: 9788493931605 8. Felipe Portocarrero Profitable Writing SM. 2001. ISBN: 9788434876026 9. Fernando Martínez Written Communication Centre for Financial Studies. 2012. ISBN: 9788445421468 10. Flora Davis Non-verbal Communication Alianza Editorial. 2010. ISBN: 9788420664248 11. Gómez Torrego, Leonardo Speaking and Writing Correctly Madrid, Arco Libros. 2006. ISBN: 8476356536 12. Jesús Mesanza How to Write Well: Spelling and Related Topics Editorial Esceual Española. 1995. ISBN: 9788433106582 13. Jesús Sánchez Lobato How to Write Madrid: Aguilar, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 8403097239 14. Josefa Gómez de Enterría Business Correspondence in Spanish SGEL. 2002. ISBN: 9788471434265 15. Josefa Gómez de Enterría y Sánchez Communication in the workplace Arco Libros. 2002. ISBN: 978847635508 16. Montolío, Estrella A Practical Guide to Academic Writing Barcelona: Ariel, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 8434428695 17. Royal Spanish Academy Dictionary of the Spanish Language [Madrid]: Royal Spanish Academy, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8423968146 18. Royal Spanish Academy Spelling of the Spanish Language Espasa-Calpe. 2010. ISBN: 9788467034264 19. Torres, Isabel Sources of Information: Theoretical and Practical Studies Madrid: Síntesis, 1999. 1999. ISBN: 8477384606 20. Trujillo, José Ramón Negotiation, Communication and Verbal Courtesy: Theory and Techniques Madrid: Ediciones 2010, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8495058537 21. Various authors The Art of Speaking Aguilar. 2008. ISBN: 9788403098060 Supplementary: 22. Beatriz Lucía Communication Skills. Training Programme Autonomous University of Madrid. 2008. ISBN: 9788483441190 23. Gómez de Enterría y Sánchez, Josefa Oral Communication in the Workplace Madrid: Arco Libros, [2008]. 2008. ISBN: 9788476357095 24. Jesús Mesanza Speaking and Writing Correctly: Errors, Incorrect Usage and Uncertainties in Spoken and Written Spanish WOLTERS KLUWER EDUCACION. 2009. ISBN: 9788471979100 25. Miles Paterson More than just words: the power of verbal communication UOC. 2011. ISBN: 9788497889179 26. Various authors Non-verbal communication and leadership Netbiblo. 2010. ISBN: 9788497454971 Others: 27. Gaspar González Techniques for Telephone Conversations Edelsa. 2008. ISBN: 9788477115595 28. Manuel Campo Vidal Why Don’t Professionals Communicate Better? RBA Books. 2011. ISBN: 9788490061244 29. Manuel Campo Vidal Why don’t professionals communicate better? Plaza. 2008. ISBN: 9788401379857 30. Manuel Cifo Oral and Written Communication in the Spanish Language Diego Marin. 2012. ISBN: 9788415429326 31. Marcus Tullius Cicero The Perfect Orator Autonomous University of Mexico. 1991. ISBN: 9789683669841 32. Margarita Recasens Oral Comprehension and Expression CEAC. 2003. ISBN: 9788432986598 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 39 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH TERM
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| C0142305 | Algebra II | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Algebra IICódigo: C0142305 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module, together with Algebra I, forms the subject Algebra. This module, which forms part of the degree programme’s Basic Training module, aims not only to ensure that students are familiar with the main fundamental theorems of linear algebra, but also to enable them to understand matrix calculus from a conceptual perspective and to apply it to solving problems typical of mathematical engineering; it is, therefore, the foundation for other subjects within the degree programme, such as Numerical Calculus, Operational Research, Stochastic Calculus and Artificial Intelligence. Prerequisites Although no prerequisites have been set, it is advisable to have previously taken the course Algebra I or another course with similar learning outcomes. Competencies Not applicable. Learning outcomes RK4 – To be familiar with rigorous proofs of some classical theorems in different areas of Mathematics. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 - Use mathematical language to formulate propositions in various fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or abilities. Description of the content 1. QUADRATIC FORMS: CONCEPT AND CLASSIFICATION. 1.1 Bilinear forms. Properties. Associated matrix. Change of basis. Symmetric and antisymmetric bilinear forms. Degeneration and positive definition. 1.2 Quadratic forms. Polar form of a quadratic form. Associated matrix. Conjugation. Signature. Classification. Diagonalisation by congruence. Sylvester’s criterion. 2. EUCLIDEAN VECTOR SPACES. 2.1 Scalar product. Properties. Associated matrix (Gram matrix). Change of basis. 2.2 Angle between two vectors. Orthogonality. Distance between two vectors. Orthogonal projection. Orthogonal complement of a vector subspace. 2.3 Orthogonal and orthonormal bases. Gram–Schmidt algorithm. Change of coordinates between orthonormal bases: orthogonal matrices. 2.4 Vector product. 3. AFFINE SPACES AND EUCLIDEAN AFFINE SPACES. 3.1 Affine spaces. Reference systems and coordinates. Change of reference system. 3.2 Affine varieties. Affine varieties of interest: affine variety generated by a set of points, intersection. Equations and dimension of an affine variety. Sum of affine varieties. 3.3 Relative positions between affine varieties. Orthogonal projection of a point onto an affine variety. Distance from a point to an affine variety. Distance between affine varieties. Metric problems in two- and three-dimensional Euclidean affine spaces. 4. CONICS, QUADRICS AND MOTIONS. 4.1 Conic sections. General and reduced equations of a conic. Associated matrix: classification. Calculation of geometric elements. Metric invariants and the reduced equation of conics. 4.2 Quadric surfaces. General and reduced equations of a quadric. Associated matrix: classification. Metric invariants and classification of quadric surfaces by invariants. 4.3 Affine transformations and movements. Examples. Matrix representation. Rigid movements. Fixed points and invariant manifolds. Classification of rigid movements in two- and three-dimensional Euclidean affine spaces. Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1 Project work and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University shall be the sole assessment criterion, carrying the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The assessment process will consist of evaluating the extent to which the student has achieved the learning outcomes associated with the subject. ASSESSMENT SYSTEMS The assessment methods for this module are: AS1 Practical activities. AS1 Final knowledge assessments. AS3 Portfolio. These systems contribute to a greater or lesser extent to the assessment of the learning outcomes assigned to this subject. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA The assessment systems described above are set out in the following assessment criteria: - There are two official examination sessions: the ordinary and the supplementary. +++REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD+++ The final mark for this sitting is the weighted average of a set of assessment tasks detailed below: -- a case study (SE1), accounting for 30 per cent of the final mark for the ordinary assessment period, to be carried out during the term in small groups (designated by the course coordinator) and which will require both the submission of exercises whilst the case study is being carried out and the submission of a report and its public defence at the end of the teaching term. -- a non-exemption exam (SE3), to be taken individually during the teaching term, accounting for 20 per cent of the final mark for the ordinary examination period. -- a final examination (SE2) to be taken individually during the ordinary examination period in January (for further information, please consult the virtual campus), which assesses the entirety of the course content and will account for 50 per cent of the final mark for the standard examination session. ***** The weighted average of all these assessment components will be calculated solely and exclusively if the mark obtained in the final exam is 4.0 or above out of 10. Furthermore, only the examinations will be subject to re-marking. ***** A student will have passed the module in the ordinary examination period if, and only if, they obtain a final mark (weighted average of all assessment tests) of 5.0 out of 10 or higher. Otherwise, the student may pass the module in the supplementary examination session. ********** If a student loses their right to continuous assessment, they must achieve a mark of 10.0 out of 10.0 in the ordinary examination session in order to pass the module. +++SESSION EXTRA+++ If a student fails to pass the module in the ordinary examination session, they may do so in the supplementary examination session. During this session, there will be a single assessment, consisting of an exam to be held during the supplementary exam period in June–July (for further information, please consult the virtual campus), which will cover the entire syllabus of the module. ***** The module will be deemed to have been passed in the supplementary assessment period if the mark obtained in the exam is 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher. GRADES Article 5 of Royal Decree 1125/2003, of 5 September, establishes the grading system applicable to modules within degree programmes falling within the scope of the European Higher Education Area. This system is as follows: The award of the corresponding credits will be contingent upon passing the associated examinations or assessment tests. The level of learning achieved by students shall be expressed as numerical marks on a scale of 0 to 10, to one decimal place, to which the corresponding qualitative mark may be added: - 0–4.9: Fail (SS). - 5.0–6.9: Pass (AP). - 7.0–8.9: Good (NT). - 9.0–10: Distinction (SB). The distinction of ‘Honours’ shall be awarded to students who have achieved a mark of 9.0 or higher. The number of students awarded this distinction may not exceed five per cent of those enrolled on the course in the relevant academic year, unless the number of enrolled students is fewer than 20, in which case only one ‘First Class Honours’ may be awarded. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Juan De Burgos Román Algebra and Geometry. Definitions, Theorems and Results García Maroto Editores. 2010. ISBN: 9788492976942 2. Luis Merino and Evangelina Santos Linear Algebra using Elementary Methods Paraninfo. 2010. ISBN: 978-84-9732-4 Supplementary: 3. Gilbert Strang Introduction to Linear Algebra Wellesley Cambridge Press. 2008. ISBN: 8175968117 4.- Juan De Burgos Román Linear Algebra. 80 Useful Problems García Maroto Editores. 2007. ISBN: 9788493601805 Others: 5.- Eugenio Hernández Linear Algebra and Geometry 3rd ed. ADDISON WESLEY. 2012. ISBN: 9788478291298 6. Jesús Rojo Linear Algebra McGraw-Hill. 2001. ISBN: 8448130162 7. Jesús Rojo Exercises and Problems in Linear Algebra 2nd ed. McGraw-Hill. 2005. ISBN: 8448198581 8. Stanley I. Grossman and José Job Flores Linear Algebra McGraw-Hill. 2012. ISBN: 978-607-15-07 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0142306 | Data Structures and Algorithms I | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Data Structures and Algorithms ICódigo: C0142306 Imprimir Course 1: Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of this module are: 1) To understand the function and importance of data structures: - To recognise the importance of selecting and designing appropriate data structures to optimise programme performance. - To distinguish between different categories of structures (linear, non-linear, dynamic, etc.) and their fields of application. 2) To design, implement and manipulate fundamental data structures: - To understand and work with basic structures such as arrays, lists, stacks, queues, trees and graphs. - Implement essential operations (insertion, deletion, traversal, search) whilst ensuring robustness and clarity in the code. 3) Analyse the computational complexity of algorithms: - Calculate and compare the time and space complexity of different operations and algorithms. - Use Big O notation to estimate the performance of solutions and propose improvements. 4) Apply algorithmic problem-solving methodologies: - Employ techniques such as recursion, divide and conquer or backtracking when solving problems. - Select the most appropriate algorithmic strategy based on the type of problem and the available resources. 5) Develop programming skills and best practices: - Use a clear, modular and well-documented programming style. - Carry out testing and validation to ensure the correctness and reliability of implementations. 6) Promote critical thinking and decision-making skills: - Evaluate different approaches to the design of data structures and algorithms to determine the most efficient option. - Justify the choice of a structure or algorithm based on functional requirements, time and space constraints, and possible use cases. 7) Foster the ability to learn independently and work as part of a team: - Participate in collaborative project work, exchanging ideas and reviewing code constructively. - Continue to expand knowledge of data structures and algorithms by consulting literature and external resources. Prerequisites It is recommended that students have (previously) taken the module ‘Fundamentals of Programming and Computing’ or another module covering similar skills and learning outcomes. Competencies Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC3 – Apply programmes to solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competencies. RC6 – Work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or budgetary constraints. TYPE: Competencies. RK2 - Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operations research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems. TYPE: Knowledge or content. Description of the content 1. Introduction to algorithm efficiency - Basic concepts of computational complexity: Notions of Big O, Big Theta and Big Omega. Evaluation of efficiency in terms of time (operations) and space (memory). - Case analysis: worst-case, average-case and best-case scenarios. Practical examples of simple algorithms (linear search, binary search) in Python to illustrate the concepts. - Introduction to optimisation: Identifying bottlenecks in Python code and initial optimisation techniques. 2. Abstract Data Type (ADT) - Definition of ADTs: Understanding data abstraction through defined operations (creation, insertion, deletion, search, etc.), regardless of the underlying implementation. - Examples of ADTs in Python: Using classes, methods and encapsulation to create ADTs that represent common entities (e.g. complex numbers, fractions, polynomials). 3. Linear and associative ADTs - Linear TADs: Lists, stacks and queues. Discussion of their fundamental operations, complexity and application in various engineering contexts. - Implementation in Python: Lists, queues and stacks using `collections.deque`. - Associative data structures: Hash tables (dictionaries in Python) and sets. Analysis of collisions, hash functions, and average and worst-case complexity. - Practical examples: Implementation of custom structures (specific stacks and queues), performance evaluation against predefined Python structures. 4. Tree Data Structures - Basic concepts: General trees, binary trees, search trees, balanced trees (AVL, Red-Black), etc. - Fundamental operations: Insertion, deletion, traversal (in-order, pre-order, post-order), search and rebalancing. - Implementation in Python: Representation of nodes and pointers; use of classes to encapsulate logic. Analysis of common use cases (file systems, hierarchical organisation of data). 5. Graph Data Structures - Graph representation: Adjacency matrix and adjacency lists. Advantages and disadvantages of each approach. - Traversals and basic algorithms: Breadth-first search (BFS) and depth-first search (DFS). Applications in networks, maps and route-finding problems. - Introduction to more advanced algorithms: Shortest paths (Dijkstra, Floyd-Warshall), minimum spanning trees (Kruskal, Prim), depending on the scope of the course. - Implementation in Python: Use of dictionaries and lists to represent graph structures, together with functions to perform traversals and calculations. 6. Data structures on disk - Persistent storage: The concept of secondary storage structures (files, databases, etc.) and their impact on efficiency. - Introduction to on-disk indexes and trees: B-trees, B+-trees. Differences from main memory structures and the rationale behind their design. - Practical approach in Python: Use of libraries and storage formats (e.g. sqlite3, pickle) to illustrate how to handle data beyond main memory. 7. Applying data structures to problem-solving - Integration of content: Development of small projects or case studies requiring the selection and implementation of various data structures, analysing their performance with inputs of different sizes. - Optimisation and refactoring: Code improvement practices, profiling algorithms in Python (for example, using the cProfile library), and justifying the changes made. - Collaborative work: Use of version control (Git) and simple agile methodologies (Scrum, Kanban) for carrying out projects. Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project development and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University shall be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting corresponding to it as set out in the course syllabus. ---- REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD In the ordinary assessment period, the objective assessment of the student’s learning will be carried out through continuous assessment. To be eligible for continuous assessment, students must, as indicated above, attend at least 70 per cent of face-to-face sessions (both theoretical and practical). The weighting of the continuous assessment activities is distributed as follows: a) Practical 1 (7.5%). Assessment criteria: - Correct implementation of the basic data structures (lists, stacks, queues, trees) covered in class. - Organisation and clarity of the code, including appropriate use of functions and good programming practices. - Code documentation (docstrings and comments) explaining the logic behind basic operations (insertion, deletion, search) and the chosen data structures. - Efficiency of operations (basic analysis of time and/or space complexity). b) Practical 2 (7.5%). Assessment criteria: - Use of advanced techniques or more complex structures (balanced trees, hash tables, graphs, etc.), justifying the choice according to the requirements of the proposed problem. - Correct organisation and modularity of the code (separation of concerns and use of appropriate design patterns). - Validation of the solution (functionality tests, unit tests) and verification of the correct implementation of the structures. - Cleanliness, maintainability and readability of the code. c) Final Assignment (15%). Assessment criteria: - Integration of different data structures and algorithms studied throughout the course (e.g. graph search and traversal, sorting algorithms, hierarchical structures). - Design of an efficient and scalable solution that addresses a more complex problem, applying optimisation strategies and the appropriate selection of structures and algorithms. - Quality of project documentation (detailed README, user guides, references to theoretical concepts). - Presentation of results (performance tests, comparison of complexities between different approaches and evaluation of scalability with increasing input sizes). d) Non-exemption mid-term exam (30%). Assessment criteria: - Understanding of the fundamentals of linear and non-linear data structures (lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs). - Ability to design and propose basic algorithmic solutions, justifying the choice of the appropriate data structure. - Theoretical knowledge of the complexity of elementary operations (insertion, deletion, search) and their implications for performance. - Problem-solving and short exercises focusing on the correct application of structures and algorithms for simple use cases. e) Final examination covering the entire module (40%). This is the standard examination session, which assesses all the content taught during the term. Assessment criteria: - Comprehensive mastery of the data structures and algorithms covered in the module: theory, application, optimisation and appropriate selection according to context. - Ability to analyse computational complexity (time and space) and identify potential bottlenecks in the implementation of structures. - Application of design patterns or best practice in solving more complex problems. - Both conceptual and practical questions, with an emphasis on identifying and comparing different algorithmic approaches and their optimisation. IMPORTANT: an average will only be calculated from the practicals, the mid-term exam and the final exam if the mark for each and every one of these assessment activities is 4.0 out of 10.0 or higher. In the event of failure to achieve continuous assessment due to unexcused attendance of less than 70 per cent, the final mark for the module in the ordinary examination period will be 40 per cent of the mark obtained in the final exam. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION PERIOD In the supplementary examination period, the objective assessment of the student’s learning will be based on a single examination covering the entire course, which will therefore account for 100 per cent of the final mark. Assessment criteria: It will consist of theoretical and practical questions covering the entire syllabus, including: - Fundamental concepts relating to basic and advanced data structures (lists, queues, stacks, trees, graphs, hash tables). - Algorithm design and analysis techniques (recursion, divide and conquer, greedy algorithms, etc.). - Use cases for these structures in common problems (sorting, searching, pathfinding in graphs, etc.). - Complexity analysis and justification of design decisions. - Assessment will focus on conceptual rigour, the ability to solve complex problems and the clarity of the justification for proposed solutions. - A minimum mark of 5 out of 10 is required to pass the module. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, Michael H. Goldwasser Data Structures and Algorithms in Python Wiley. 2013. ISBN: 978-1-118-293 2. Walter Bel Algorithms and Data Structures in Python UADER Publishing. 2020. ISBN: 978-950-9581- Supplementary: 3. Mariona Nadal Data Structures and Algorithms Anaya Multimedia. 2022. ISBN: 978-84-415-45 Others: 4. Kent D. Lee and Steve Hubbard Data Structures and Algorithms with Python Springer. 2015. ISBN: 978-331913071 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0142307 | Physical Principles of Engineering | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Physical Principles of EngineeringCódigo: C0142307 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The design of electrical circuits, and in particular logic circuits, which enable the processing, storage and transmission of information, is key to both classical and quantum computing. Such design is based not only on the practical applications of electromagnetism, but also, and above all, on the use of semiconductor devices – the technological implementation of solid-state physics, a branch of condensed matter physics which, in turn, on other branches of physics such as quantum mechanics. Through this module, which forms part of the Physics subject within the degree programme’s Basic Training module, a detailed analysis is carried out of the physical fundamentals of computational electronics, as well as basic logic circuits, with the aim of providing students with a better understanding of computing. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set for this module. Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Learning outcomes RK1 – To understand the basic concepts of electromagnetism and circuit theory for solving engineering problems. TYPE: Knowledge or content. Description of the content o Topic 1: Introduction. o Topic 2: Electrostatic field. o Topic 3: Magnetostatic field. o Topic 4: Electromagnetic induction; basic direct current and alternating current circuits. o Topic 5: Semiconductor devices. o Topic 6: Logic circuits. o Topic 7: Fundamentals of integrated circuits. o Topic 8: Sequential and combinational circuits. Teaching activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.2 Workshops and laboratory sessions. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University shall be the sole assessment criterion, carrying the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The assessment process will consist of evaluating the extent to which the student has acquired the competences associated with the module. REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD In the regular examination period, the objective assessment of the student will consist of a continuous assessment process and a final examination. Continuous assessment will consist of the following components: • Portfolio: an individual assignment, accounting for 10 per cent of the final mark. It will involve solving various problems throughout the academic term. • Mid-term exam: this will account for 30% of the final mark. Taking this exam will not reduce or eliminate any content from the final exam. The date will be announced in good time. As for the final exam, this is the standard exam, and it will assess all the course content. It will account for 60 per cent of the final mark. A weighted average will only be calculated if the marks for continuous assessment and the final exam are both 4.0 or higher. The mark for continuous assessment will be calculated by weighting the portfolio and the mid-term exam. Furthermore, only the exams may be subject to re-marking." In order for students to benefit from continuous assessment, a minimum of 70 per cent attendance at scheduled class sessions (SESSION, TRAB) will be required. If attendance falls below 70 per cent without a valid reason, the module must be passed by sitting a final examination in an official examination session (ordinary or supplementary). In the ordinary examination session, the final mark will be 60 per cent of the mark obtained in that examination. The module is considered passed in the ordinary examination period when the final mark is 5.0 or above. REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD In the supplementary sitting, the student’s assessment will consist of a single examination covering the entire course content, which will account for 100 % of the final mark. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Antonio M. Criado and Fabián Frutos Introduction to the Physical Foundations of Computer Science Paraninfo. 1999. ISBN: 8428326061 2. Wolfgang Bauer and Gary D. Westfall Physics for Engineering and Science (Volume 2) McGraw-Hill. 2011. ISBN: 978-607-15-05 Supplementary: 3.- Hugh D. Young and Roger A. Freedman (Francis Sears and Mark Zemansky) University Physics (Volume 2) 12th ed. Addison-Wesley. 2009. ISBN: 9780321501219 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0142308 | Mathematical Foundations of Engineering II | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mathematical Foundations of Engineering IICódigo: C0142308 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module, which together with Mathematical Foundations of Engineering I forms the course Mathematical Analysis I, part of the degree programme’s Core Module, aims to provide the fundamentals of Riemann integration in one dimension, as well as to explore in greater depth the study of power series and the concept of polynomial approximation of functions. Prerequisites Although no prerequisites have been set, it is advisable to have previously taken the course ‘Mathematical Foundations of Engineering I’ or another course covering similar skills and learning outcomes. Competencies Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RK4 – To be familiar with rigorous proofs of some classical theorems in different areas of mathematics. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – To use mathematical language to formulate propositions in different fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS3 - To propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the content Topic 0. Elementary functions Topic 1. Riemann integral. Topic 2. Integration techniques. Topic 2. Integration techniques. Topic 4. Polynomial approximation of functions: Taylor’s theorem. Topic 5. Series and sequences. Learning activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1 Project work and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The assessment system for the REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD consists of the following: - Continuous assessment (50 per cent): + Submission of assignments (10%). + Group assessments (20 per cent). + Non-exemption mid-term exam (20 per cent). - Final exam (50%): this is the regular assessment exam, which covers the entire course. A minimum mark of 4.0 out of 10.0 is required in this exam to be included in the average with the continuous assessment. In this case, the average is calculated even if the continuous assessment mark is a fail. In the event of failure to achieve the continuous assessment mark due to unexcused attendance of less than 70 per cent, the final mark for the module in the standard assessment period will be 50 per cent of the mark obtained in the final exam. The assessment system for the EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD consists of the following: - Exam covering the entire course (100 per cent). Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. Michael Spivak Infinitesimal Calculus 2nd ed. Reverté. 1988. ISBN: 8429151362 Supplementary: 2. Roland E. Larson, Robert P. Hostetler, Bruce H. Edwards Calculus and Analytic Geometry (Volume 1) McGraw-Hill. 2010. ISBN: 8448122291 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0142309 | Logic and Discrete Mathematics | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Logic and Discrete MathematicsCódigo: C0142309 Imprimir Course 1: Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives Although this course covers several distinct topics, the learning objectives are essentially the same for each topic. These are: - To be able to prove statements rigorously using logic. - To be able to use discrete sets such as integers, congruences modulo n or graphs. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Competencies Not applicable. Learning outcomes RC9 – Formulate problems from a professional context in mathematical language in such a way as to facilitate their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competencies. RK2 - Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operations research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RK4 – Be familiar with rigorous proofs of certain classical theorems in different areas of mathematics. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – Use mathematical language to formulate propositions in different fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or abilities. Description of the content To better adapt the content to the duration of the course, it has been divided into four main topics or blocks: 1) Set theory: an introduction to formal logic, Boolean algebra and binary relations. 2) Integers: solving equations involving integers using Euclid’s algorithm and performing operations modulo n. 3) Combinatorics: variations, permutations and combinations with and without repetition. 4) Graph theory: three problems are studied: when are two graphs equal? When is a graph planar? This includes Euler’s formula and, finally, Eulerian and Hamiltonian paths are studied. Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project work and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD Continuous assessment will consist of a test following each of the four content blocks, with each test accounting for 10 per cent of the final mark for the module in the ordinary assessment period. Under no circumstances will passing these tests exempt students from further study of the material. Once the teaching period has ended, the ordinary assessment exam (final exam) will be held, accounting for the remaining 60 per cent. This exam covers the entire course. Furthermore, in order for the mark to be included in the average with the continuous assessment, a minimum mark of 4.0 out of 10.0 must be obtained in this exam. In this case, the average is calculated even if the continuous assessment is failed. In the event of loss of continuous assessment due to unexcused attendance of less than 70 per cent, the final mark for the module in the ordinary examination period will be 60 per cent of the mark obtained in the final examination. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION In the supplementary examination session, the final mark for the module will be the mark obtained in the examination for that session, which will assess all the content covered. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. José Dorronsoro, Eugenio Hernández Numbers, Groups and Rings Addison-Wesley / UAM. 1996. ISBN: 0201653958 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| S0141411 | Communication Techniques 2 | FB | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Communication Techniques 2Código: S0141411 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Foundation course. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives To enable students to: 1. Develop oral and written expression skills in Spanish and improve their interpersonal communication. 2. Develop linguistic and textual skills (comprehension and production) as well as pragmatic skills in Spanish. 3. Improve their lexical competence and use appropriate terminology. 4. Use expressive, textual, contextual and documentary resources effectively. 5. Develop persuasive rhetoric and professional communication skills: reports, minutes, notices, etc. 6. Adopt responsible attitudes towards written culture and the written language. 7. Appreciate the role and value of linguistic communication in business and society. 8. Master the discourse of negotiation: verbal courtesy, argumentation. 9. Protocol Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established. Learning outcomes RC16 Ability to enter and integrate into a real professional environment within the field of the degree programme, adapting to its dynamics and working procedures, as well as its internal organisation, with the aim of carrying out tasks and/or performing specific functions that may or may not require participation in work teams RODS Develops effective communication, teamwork, analytical thinking, creativity and ethical leadership from a cross-disciplinary perspective, clearly inspired by democratic principles and values, as well as the Sustainable Development Goals, in order to operate with integrity in the professional sphere. Description of the content General content covered by the module: Human communication, Communication in the workplace, General writing. Processes and methods, Professional texts in ICT engineering, Grammar correction, Vocabulary, Summarising, Oral communication. Course content: <b>Written communication </b> General and applied writing. Professional texts in ICT engineering. Summarising. ICT-specific vocabulary and terminology. Information and cataloguing. Electronic resources. Training activities V1. – Lectures: Viewing and presentation of content V2. – Interactive synchronous classes V4. – Guided exercises on the platform V5. – Independent study V6. – Completing knowledge tests Assessment system and criteria Regular and supplementary assessment periods Assessment of the module consists of two parts: * Continuous assessment mark on campus (exercises, tests, etc.): 40% * Final exam: 60% Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. David V. Feliciano Correct Rules and Usage of Modern Spanish Tirant Humanidades. 2011. ISBN: 9788493931605 2. Escandell Vidal, María Victoria Communication 1st ed. Madrid: Gredos, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 8424927397 3. Felipe Portocarrero Profitable Writing SM. 2001. ISBN: 9788434876026 4. Fernando Martínez Written Communication Centre for Financial Studies. 2012. ISBN: 9788445421468 5. Flora Davis Non-verbal Communication Alianza Editorial. 2010. ISBN: 9788420664248 6. Gómez Torrego, Leonardo Teaching Grammar of Spanish SM. 2007. ISBN: 9788467515497 7. Gómez Torrego, Leonardo Speaking and Writing Correctly Madrid, Arco Libros. 2006. ISBN: 8476356536 8. Jesús Mesanza How to Write Well: Spelling and Related Topics Editorial Esceual Española. 1995. ISBN: 9788433106582 9. Jesús Sánchez Lobato Knowing How to Write Madrid: Aguilar, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 8403097239 10. Josefa Gómez de Enterría Business Correspondence in Spanish SGEL. 2002. ISBN: 9788471434265 11. Josefa Gómez de Enterría y Sánchez Communication in the workplace Arco Libros. 2002. ISBN: 978847635508 12. Montolío, Estrella A Practical Guide to Academic Writing Barcelona: Ariel, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 8434428695 13. Royal Spanish Academy Dictionary of the Spanish Language [Madrid]: Royal Spanish Academy, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8423968146 14. Royal Spanish Academy Spelling of the Spanish Language Espasa-Calpe. 2010. ISBN: 9788467034264 15. Scott, Bill Oral and Written Communication Deusto. 1993. ISBN: 842341194X 16. Various authors The Art of Speaking Aguilar. 2008. ISBN: 9788403098060 Supplementary: 17. Beatriz Lucía Communication Skills. Training Programme Autonomous University of Madrid. 2008. ISBN: 9788483441190 18. Gómez de Enterría y Sánchez, Josefa Oral Communication in the Workplace Madrid: Arco Libros, [2008]. 2008. ISBN: 9788476357095 19. Jesús Mesanza Speaking and Writing Correctly: Linguistic Blunders, Incorrect Usage and Uncertainties in Spoken and Written Spanish WOLTERS KLUWER EDUCACION. 2009. ISBN: 9788471979100 20. Miles Paterson More than Words: The Power of Verbal Communication UOC. 2011. ISBN: 9788497889179 21. Various authors Non-verbal Communication and Leadership Netbiblo. 2010. ISBN: 9788497454971 Others: 22.- Gaspar González Telephone Conversation Techniques Edelsa. 2008. ISBN: 9788477115595 23. Manuel Campo Vidal Why Don’t Professionals Communicate Better? RBA Books. 2011. ISBN: 9788490061244 24. Manuel Campo Vidal Why don’t professionals communicate better? Plaza. 2008. ISBN: 9788401379857 25. Manuel Cifo Oral and Written Communication in the Spanish Language Diego Marin. 2012. ISBN: 9788415429326 26. Marcus Tullius Cicero The Perfect Orator Autonomous University of Mexico. 1991. ISBN: 9789683669841 27. Margarita Recasens Oral Comprehension and Expression CEAC. 2003. ISBN: 9788432986598 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 33 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Second Year
ANNUAL COURSES
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| S0241402 | Computer Science 2 | FB | 6 | ||
Computer Science 2Código: S0241402 Imprimir Year 2. Annual module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The development of Internet-based systems and applications has become increasingly important in recent years. In fact, it is increasingly common to find systems and services that have moved their operations online or that utilise technologies specific to Internet languages and protocols. This development is taking place across the business and commercial sectors, as well as in the leisure and information sectors. This module therefore covers the fundamental concepts relating to the design and development of Internet-based systems and the use of the languages employed for this purpose. Prerequisites None Learning Outcomes CG1 To independently acquire new knowledge and techniques suitable for the design, development or operation of computer systems. CG2 To communicate effectively, both in writing and orally, knowledge, procedures, results and ideas relating to ICT and, specifically, Computer Science, whilst being aware of their socio-economic impact. CG3 Understand the social, ethical and professional responsibilities – and, where applicable, civil liabilities – associated with the work of a Computer Science Engineer and their role within the field of ICT and the Information and Knowledge Society CE4 Possess the necessary mathematical, physical, economic and sociological foundations to interpret, select, evaluate and create new concepts, theories, applications and technological developments related to computer science, and their application. CE8 To design, deploy, organise and manage IT systems and services in business or institutional contexts to improve business processes, taking responsibility for and leading their implementation and continuous improvement, as well as assessing their economic and social impact. • Solve problems through abstraction • Design and execution of real-world scenarios • Formulating exercises and subsequently solving them • Use of relevant literature Learning outcomes Ability to apply knowledge to the resolution of real-world problems Course content The Internet, Internet services, Creating content for the Internet, Blogs. Learning activities The teaching activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected learning outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Classroom presentations on concepts related to application development, as well as introductory sessions, discussions, exercises, etc. 2) Laboratory activities of increasing difficulty, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to solve problems independently, as well as project proposals, guided internet searches, webquests and other highly practical sessions. 3) Independent study, report writing, practical work, etc., carried out by individual students or groups of students. 4) Assessment tests Assessment system and criteria Regular and supplementary examination sessions Assessment of the module consists of two parts: * Continuous assessment mark on campus (exercises, tests, etc.): 40% * Final exam: 60% Continuous assessment will only be taken into account for marks of 4 or above in the final exam. Reading list Essential: 1. García and Beltrán, Ángel HTML 4.0 and Dynamic HTML: Building Documents for the Web Madrid: Bellisco, 1999. 1999. ISBN: 9788495279095 |
|||||
| TOTAL: | 6 | ||||
FIRST TERM
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| C0242300 | Differential calculus | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Differential calculusCódigo: C0242300 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. First term. Foundation module. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module, which together with Integral Calculus forms part of Mathematical Analysis II, a component of the degree programme’s Core Curriculum, aims not only to ensure that students are familiar with the main theorems relating to the differential calculus of functions of several variables, but also to enable them to understand differential calculus from a conceptual perspective and to apply it to solving engineering problems. Prerequisites None have been specified, although it is strongly recommended that students have previously taken the modules ‘Mathematical Foundations of Engineering I and II’ or other modules covering similar skills and learning outcomes. Competencies Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC9 – Formulate problems from a professional context in mathematical language in such a way as to facilitate their analysis and solution. TYPE: Competencies. RK4 – Be familiar with rigorous proofs of some classical theorems in different areas of mathematics. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – Use mathematical language to state propositions in different fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or abilities. RS3 – Propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-life situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the content The course covers the following topics: 1. Topological concepts of R^n. 2. Limits and continuity of functions of several variables. 3. Derivatives and differentiability of functions of several variables. 4. Higher-order derivatives and Taylor’s theorem. 5. Extremes of functions of several variables. 6. The inverse function theorem and the implicit function theorem. Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1 Project work and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria The assessment process will consist of verifying and evaluating the student’s acquisition of the required competences. There are two official examination sessions: the ordinary and the supplementary. +++REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD+++ The final mark for this sitting is the weighted average of a set of assessment tests detailed below: - SE1: Submission of exercises, accounting for 15 per cent of the final mark. - SE2: Submission of an assignment, accounting for 15 per cent of the final mark. - SE3: Two mid-term exams, each accounting for 15 per cent of the final mark, to be held during term time, and a final exam (the ordinary assessment exam), accounting for 40 per cent. In order for the continuous assessment (comprising the submission of exercises and the assignment, as well as the two mid-term exams) to be taken into account, students must achieve a mark of 4.0 or higher in the final exam in the standard examination session. Otherwise, their mark will correspond directly to the mark obtained in that exam. The module is considered passed in the ordinary examination period if the mark obtained in accordance with the above guidelines is 5.0 or higher. +++SUPPLEMENTARY SESSION+++ If a student has not passed the module during the ordinary examination period, they may sit the extraordinary examination. The supplementary examination period will take place during the July examination period (for further information, please consult the Academic Calendar). It consists of a single examination covering the entire syllabus of the module. The module is considered passed in the extraordinary examination session if the final mark is 5.0 or higher. GRADES Article 5 of Royal Decree 1125/2003 of 5 September establishes the grading system applicable to modules within degree programmes falling within the scope of the European Higher Education Area. This system is as follows: The award of the corresponding credits is conditional upon passing the associated examinations or assessment tests. The level of learning achieved by students will be expressed as numerical marks on a scale of 0 to 10, to one decimal place, to which the corresponding qualitative grade may be added: - 0–4.9: Fail (SS). - 5.0–6.9: Pass (AP). - 7.0–8.9: Good (NT). - 9.0–10: Distinction (SB). The distinction of ‘Honours’ shall be awarded to students who have obtained a mark of 9.0 or higher. The number of students awarded this distinction may not exceed five per cent of those enrolled in the subject in the relevant academic year, unless the number of enrolled students is fewer than 20, in which case only one ‘First Class Honours’ may be awarded. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. Jerrold E. Marsden Elementary Classical Analysis W. H. Freeman and Company. 1974. ISBN: 0716721058 Supplementary: 2. Jerrold E. Marsden, Anthony J. Tromba Vector Calculus 3rd ed. Addison-Wesley Iberoamericana. 1991. ISBN: 0201629356 Others: 3. James R. Munkres Analysis on Manifolds Addison-Wesley. 1991. ISBN: 0201315963 4. Michael Spivak Calculus on Manifolds Addison-Wesley. 1971. ISBN: 9780805390216 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0242301 | Differential Equations and Difference Equations | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Differential Equations and Difference EquationsCódigo: C0242301 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. First term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module aims to contribute to the development of students’ skills and, in particular, to familiarise them with the various techniques for the analytical solution of the most important ordinary differential equations and difference equations. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set for this module. However, it is strongly recommended that students have completed or are currently taking modules in calculus involving one and several real variables. Competencies Not applicable. Learning outcomes RC2 – Identify the different stages of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competencies. RC3 – Apply software to solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competencies. RC6 – Work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or budgetary constraints. TYPE: Competencies. RC7 – Carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competences. RC9 – Formulate problems from a professional context in mathematical language in such a way as to facilitate their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competences. RK4 – Be familiar with rigorous proofs of some classical theorems in different areas of mathematics. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – Use mathematical language to state propositions in different fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or abilities. RS3 – Propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competencies. RS5 – Use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the content o Introduction to differential equations: general solution and initial value problems. o Differential equations and systems of first-order linear equations. o Higher-order linear equations. o Structure of the solution set. Fundamental matrices of a homogeneous linear system. o Method of varying constants. o Exponential of a matrix. o Solving higher-order differential equations with constant coefficients. o Qualitative behaviour of the solutions to a system of equations with constant coefficients. o Phase diagram of plane systems. o Laplace transform and the power series method for solving differential equations and linear systems. o Basic concepts of difference equations. o Linear systems: stability and long-term behaviour. o Non-linear systems: equilibria and linearisation. o Logistic model: bifurcations and transition to chaos. o Applications of signal theory to image processing and audio compression. Teaching activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project work and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria The assessment process will consist of verifying and evaluating the student’s acquisition of the required competences. There are two official examination sessions: the ordinary and the supplementary. REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD: The final mark for the ordinary sitting will be calculated by weighting written assignments and examinations as follows: - 60% of the mark obtained from the final examination (ordinary session examination). - 20% of the mark obtained from a mid-term exam taken during term time. - 20% of the mark obtained from two assignments submitted during the term. The calculation of the final mark for the standard assessment period is conditional upon achieving a minimum mark of 4.0 out of 10 in the final exam. Once this requirement has been met, a weighted average will be calculated from all assessment activities and tests, even if any of them have been failed. If the mark obtained in the final exam is less than 4.0 out of 10, the final mark will be the mark obtained in that exam. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD: The supplementary examination involves sitting a final exam covering the entire module. The mark for the supplementary examination will be calculated as follows: - 100% mark from the theoretical/practical examination. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Essential: 1. Dennis G. Zill Differential Equations with Modelling Applications Cengage Learning. 2019. ISBN: 6075266313 2. Frank Ayres, Jr. Differential Equations McGraw-Hill. 1996. ISBN: 970 10 0004 8 3. M. Braun Differential Equations and their Applications Grupo Editorial Iberoamerica. 1983. ISBN: 968 7270 58 6 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0242302 | Applied Statistics | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Applied StatisticsCódigo: C0242302 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. First term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The course aims to provide students with the statistical foundations and tools necessary for the design and analysis of experiments, the modelling of relationships between variables using regression techniques, and the performance of multivariate statistical inference. It also aims to develop the ability to apply statistical methods to the analysis and control of processes, as well as to the study of time series, identifying their main components, trends and seasonal variations. The aim is for students to be able to select and apply appropriate statistical techniques to various data analysis problems, interpret the results obtained, and use statistical models for estimation and prediction, thereby contributing to the resolution of problems typical of Mathematical Engineering. ------------------------- The course aims to provide students with the statistical foundations and tools required for the design and analysis of experiments, the modelling of relationships between variables using regression techniques, and the performance of multivariate statistical inference. It also aims to develop students’ ability to apply statistical methods to process analysis and control, as well as to the study of time series, identifying their main components, trends and seasonal variations. Students are expected to be able to select and apply appropriate statistical techniques to different data analysis problems, interpret the results obtained, and use statistical models for estimation and prediction, thereby contributing to the solution of problems arising in the field of Mathematical Engineering. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established; however, it is essential that students have previously completed the course Statistical Analysis, or another course with similar competences and learning outcomes. Competencies Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC2 – To identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, resolution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competences. RC3 – To apply software programmes that solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competences. RC4 – To be able to plan and develop projects in the field of Mathematical Engineering. TYPE: Competences. RC6 – To work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or cost constraints./ to work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or financial constraints. TYPE: Competences./TYPE: Competences. RC9 – To formulate problems arising in a professional context using mathematical language, in a way that facilitates their analysis and resolution./ To formulate problems in a professional environment using mathematical language, in a way that facilitates their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competences./TYPE: Competences. RK3 – To understand the concepts of statistics and statistical inference in large datasets./ To understand the concepts of statistics and statistical inference in large datasets. TYPE: Knowledge or content./TYPE: Knowledge or content. RK4 – To understand rigorous proofs of some classical theorems in various areas of mathematics. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – To use mathematical language to formulate propositions in various fields and to construct proofs for the given problems. TYPE: Skills. RS3 – To propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the intended objectives. TYPE: Skills. RS4 – To plan the resolution of a problem in accordance with the available tools and the constraints of time and resources. TYPE: Skills. RS5 – To use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills. Description of the content Experimental designs. • Experimental designs. • Experimental strategy. • Randomised single-factor experiment. • Analysis of variance. • Sample size determination for a randomised single-factor experiment. Regression techniques. • Linear regression • Non-linear regression • Multiple linear regression Multivariate inferential analysis and multivariate techniques. • Multidimensional distributions. • Properties of estimators. • Maximum likelihood estimation. • Obtaining an estimator for a distribution. • Obtaining MV estimators for µ. • Deriving ML estimators for θ. • Deriving ML estimators for σ. • Multidimensional distributions. • Multivariate inferential analysis. • Multivariate techniques. Process control: quality analysis. • Statistical quality control. • Statistical process control. Time series. Basic models. • Representation. • Classification of characteristic trends in time series. • Trend estimation. • Estimation of seasonal variations. • Forecasting. ------------------------- Experimental Design. • Experimental design. • Experimental strategies. • Single-factor randomised experiments. • Analysis of variance. • Determining sample size for single-factor randomised experiments. Regression techniques. • Linear regression. • Non-linear regression. • Multiple linear regression. Multivariate Statistical Inference and Multivariate Techniques. • Multivariate distributions. • Properties of estimators. • Maximum likelihood estimation. • Obtaining an estimator for a distribution • Obtaining the maximum likelihood estimators for μ • Obtaining the maximum likelihood estimators for θ • Obtaining the maximum likelihood estimators for σ • Multivariate distributions • Multivariate statistical inference • Multivariate techniques Process Control: Quality Analysis. • Statistical quality control. • Statistical process control. Time Series: Basic Models. • Representation. • Classification of characteristic trends in time series. • Trend estimation. • Estimation of seasonal variations. • Forecasting. Teaching activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project development and challenge-based problem solving. AP4. Independent study, case and problem solving, and literature search. AP5. Tutorials. AP6. Knowledge assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria REGULAR EXAM SESSION Continuous assessment: - (15% of the mark) First mid-term exam. - (15% of the mark) Second mid-term exam. - (30%) Active participation. Completion of exercises. - (40%) Final exam. The calculation of the final mark in the standard assessment period is conditional upon achieving a minimum mark of 4.0 out of 10 in the final exam. Provided this requirement is met, a weighted average will be calculated from all assessment activities and tests, even if any of them have been failed. If the mark obtained in the final exam is less than 4.0 out of 10, the final mark will be the mark obtained in that exam. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD In this case, the mark for the module will be that of the supplementary examination. ------------------------- ORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD Continuous assessment: - 15% of the final mark: First mid-term examination. - 15% of the final mark: Second mid-term examination. - 30% of the final mark: Active participation and problem-solving activities. - 40 per cent of the final mark: Final examination. The calculation of the final mark during the regular examination period is conditional upon achieving a minimum mark of 4.0 out of 10 in the final examination. Once this requirement has been met, the weighted average of all assessment activities and tests shall be calculated, even if any of them have been failed. If the mark obtained in the final examination is below 4.0 out of 10, the final mark shall be the mark obtained in that examination. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD In this case, the final mark for the course will be the mark obtained in the extraordinary examination. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Hair, J. F., Black, W. C., Babin, B. J., & Anderson, R. E. Multivariate Data Analysis (8th ed.) Cengage. 2019. ISBN: 978-1-292-314 2. Montgomery, D. C. Design and Analysis of Experiments (9th ed.) Wiley. 2017. ISBN: 978-1-119-469 3. Montgomery, D. C., Peck, E. A., & Vining, G. G. Introduction to Linear Regression Analysis (6th ed.) Wiley. 2021. ISBN: 978-1-119-648 4. Montgomery, Douglas C. Probability and Statistics Applied to Engineering : McGraw-Hill. 1996. ISBN: 9701010175 5. Rencher, A. C., & Christensen, W. F. Methods of Multivariate Analysis (3rd ed.). Wiley. 2012. ISBN: 978-0-470-380 6. Rob J. Hyndman and George Athanasopoulos Forecasting: Principles and Practice (3rd edition, 2021) Otexts. 2021. ISBN: 0987507133 7. Ruiz-Maya Pérez, Luis Statistics II: Inference 2nd ed. Madrid: AC, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8472881962 8. Visauta Vinacua, Bienvenido Statistical Analysis with SPSS for Windows 2nd ed.: McGraw-Hill. 2003. ISBN: 8448139933 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0242303 | Data Structures and Algorithms II | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Data Structures and Algorithms IICódigo: C0242303 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. First term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of this module are: 1) To apply knowledge of algorithms and computational complexity - To develop the ability to use principles of complexity and algorithm analysis to solve engineering problems, selecting appropriate techniques that optimise performance and computational resources. 2) To identify and propose solutions to efficiency problems - To strengthen the ability to detect bottlenecks or inefficiencies in the design and execution of algorithms, proposing improvements based on complexity analysis and the choice of suitable data structures. 3) Calculate the efficiency of iterative algorithms by applying calculation rules - Refine the ability to estimate the computational cost of iterative algorithms (in terms of time and space), using appropriate notations and methods for calculating complexity (for example, Big-O and Big-Theta notations). 4) Design and scale algorithms for environments of varying size and complexity - Develop the ability to devise algorithmic strategies, adapting their structure and execution methods to contexts with different data volumes and performance requirements. 5) Solve engineering problems by applying knowledge of systems architecture and programming - Equip students to tackle and solve complex problems, effectively combining techniques of analysis, algorithm design and the application of programming principles in Python or other languages used in the professional field. ------------------------- The objectives of this course are: 1) To apply knowledge of algorithms and computational complexity - To develop the ability to apply principles of computational complexity and algorithm analysis to solve engineering problems, selecting appropriate techniques to optimise performance and computational resources. 2) Identify and propose solutions to efficiency problems - Strengthen the ability to identify bottlenecks and inefficiencies in the design and execution of algorithms, proposing improvements based on complexity analysis and the selection of appropriate data structures. 3) Calculate the efficiency of iterative algorithms using complexity analysis techniques - Develop proficiency in estimating the computational cost of iterative algorithms, in terms of time and space, using appropriate complexity notations and analysis methods (e.g., Big-O and Big-Theta notation). 4) Design and scale algorithms for environments of different sizes and levels of complexity - Develop the ability to devise algorithmic strategies, adapting their structure and execution methods to contexts involving different data volumes and performance requirements. 5) Solve engineering problems by applying knowledge of systems structure and programming - Enable students to address and solve complex problems by effectively combining analysis and algorithm design techniques with programming principles in Python and other programming languages used in professional settings. Prerequisites It is essential to have previously completed the modules ‘Fundamentals of Programming and Computers’ and ‘Data Structures and Algorithms I’, or other modules with similar competences and learning outcomes./It is essential that students have previously completed the courses ‘Fundamentals of Programming and Computers’ and ‘Data Structures and Algorithms I’, or other courses with similar competences and learning outcomes. Competencies Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC3 – Apply software programmes that solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competences. RC6 – To work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or economic constraints./ to work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or financial constraints. TYPE: Competences./TYPE: Competences. RK2 – Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operational research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems./ Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operational research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems. TYPE: Knowledge or Content. Description of the content 1. Analysis of Algorithm Efficiency - Fundamental concepts: time complexity (Big-O, Big-Theta, Big-Omega notations) and space complexity. - Analysis tools: recursion, iterative traversals and their impact on performance. - Practical examples in Python: empirical measurement of execution time (use of modules such as `time` and `timeit`) and preliminary code optimisation. 2. Algorithm Design - Design methodology: problem identification, definition of steps and structuring of the solution (pseudocode and flowcharts). - Effective use of data structures: lists, dictionaries, queues, stacks, trees (depending on the required complexity). - Verification and testing in Python: use of unittest and/or pytest to ensure the correctness and robustness of the solution. 3. Study of Algorithmic Techniques 3.1 Greedy Algorithms - Basic principles: selection of the best local option in the hope of obtaining the best global solution. - Classic implementations in Python: currency exchange, the fractional knapsack problem, shortest paths (Prim/Kruskal algorithm for graphs). - Analysis of cases in which the greedy approach works and those in which it does not. 3.2 Divide and Conquer - Basic strategy: breaking the problem down into smaller sub-problems, solving them, and combining the results. - Iconic examples: merge sort, quick sort, binary search, matrix multiplication. - Complexity analysis: recurrence relations and methods for solving them (recurrence trees). 4. Dynamic Programming - Concept of overlapping subproblems: when a large problem is solved using solutions to previously calculated subproblems. - Implementation techniques: - Top-down (memoisation): use of dictionaries or lists in Python to store intermediate results. - Bottom-up (tabulating): building solutions from the bottom up to the complete problem. - Case studies: the Fibonacci sequence, the integer knapsack problem, sequence alignment, minimum paths in graphs, etc. 5. Backtracking - Principle of exploring solution spaces: searching for all feasible solutions and discarding those that do not meet the criteria. - Implementation in Python: - Use of recursive functions and auxiliary data structures. - Pruning to reduce the search space. - Examples: solving Sudoku puzzles, maze problems, the n-queens problem, etc. 6. Branch and Bound - Differences from Backtracking: an approach more focused on global optimisation (bound) and ordered exploration of branches. - Classic implementations: - The Travelling Salesman Problem. - Optimised 0/1 knapsack problem. - Lower and upper bound techniques: use of estimates to guide the search for the optimal solution. 7. Application of Algorithmic Techniques to Problem Solving - Integrated projects in Python: designing applications or scripts that combine various algorithmic techniques depending on the type of problem. - Optimisation and fine-tuning: use of appropriate data structures and ongoing analysis of complexity for environments of varying sizes. ------------------------- 1. Algorithm Efficiency Analysis - Fundamental concepts: time complexity (Big-O, Big-Theta and Big-Omega notation) and space complexity. - Analysis tools: recursion, iterative approaches, and their impact on performance. - Practical examples in Python: empirical measurement of execution time (using modules such as `time` and `timeit`) and preliminary code optimisation. 2. Algorithm Design - Design methodology: problem identification, definition of the steps, and structuring of the solution (pseudocode and flowcharts). - Appropriate use of data structures: lists, dictionaries, queues, stacks and trees, according to the required level of complexity. - Verification and testing in Python: use of unittest and/or pytest to ensure the correctness and robustness of the solution. 3. Study of Algorithmic Techniques 3.1 Greedy Algorithms - Basic principles: selecting the best local option with the expectation of obtaining the best global solution. - Classical implementations in Python: the coin-change problem, the fractional knapsack problem, and shortest-path problems (Prim’s and Kruskal’s algorithms for graphs). - Analysis of cases in which the greedy approach works and cases in which it does not. 3.2 Divide and Conquer - Basic strategy: breaking a problem down into smaller subproblems, solving them, and combining the results. - Classic examples: merge sort, quicksort, binary search and matrix multiplication. - Complexity analysis: recurrence relations and methods for solving them (recursion trees). 4. Dynamic Programming - Concept of overlapping subproblems: solving a larger problem based on solutions to previously computed subproblems. - Implementation techniques: - Top-down approach (memoisation): use of dictionaries or lists in Python to store intermediate results. - Bottom-up approach (tabulation): constructing solutions from the base cases up to the complete problem. - Case studies: the Fibonacci sequence, the 0/1 knapsack problem, sequence alignment, shortest paths in graphs, etc. 5. Backtracking - Principle of exploring the solution space: searching for all feasible solutions and discarding those that do not meet the required criteria. - Implementation in Python: - Use of recursive functions and auxiliary data structures. - Pruning to reduce the search space. - Examples: Solving Sudoku, maze problems, the n-queens problem, etc. 6. Branch and Bound - Differences from backtracking: a stronger focus on global optimisation through bounding and on ordered exploration of branches. - Classical implementations: - The Travelling Salesman Problem (TSP). - The 0/1 knapsack problem using optimisation techniques. - Lower- and upper-bound techniques: the use of estimates to guide the search for the optimal solution. 7. Application of Algorithmic Techniques to Problem Solving - Integrative Python projects: design of applications or scripts combining several algorithmic techniques according to the type of problem. - Optimisation and fine-tuning: use of appropriate data structures and continuous complexity analysis for environments of different sizes. Teaching Activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project development and challenge-based problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case and problem-solving, and literature search. AP5. Tutorials. AP6. Knowledge assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria 1. REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT The final mark is the weighted average of the following activities. The course content is cumulative: no assessment is limited to a single topic, except for the oral examination, which is expressly restricted to one module. SE1 · Practical activities (20 %) — Individual project with oral presentation … 10 % — Group project with oral presentation … 10 % SE2 · Final assessments (50 %) — Final exam (ordinary session) … 50 % SE3 · Portfolio (30 per cent) — Written mid-term exam … 10 % — Oral exam on a section of the syllabus … 10 % — Exercises completed and handed in during class … 10 per cent a) Individual assignment with oral presentation (10 per cent) Assessment criteria: — Algorithmic correctness and efficiency analysis: correct implementation of the solution and a reasoned justification of its time and space complexity in asymptotic notation, including the derivation and solution of the recurrence relation where the algorithm is recursive. — Appropriateness of the chosen technique: justification of why the technique used (greedy, divide and conquer, dynamic programming, backtracking or branch and prune) is suitable for the problem, and why the others are ruled out. — Choice of data structures: suitability of the structures used in relation to the cost of the algorithm’s dominant operations. — Code structure and clarity: modular organisation, appropriate use of functions and adherence to the language’s style conventions (PEP 8 in Python). — Documentation: docstrings and comments explaining the logic of the algorithm, and an analysis of the cost of the main operations. — Verification: unit tests using `unittest` or `pytest` to demonstrate the correctness and robustness of the solution, including edge cases. — Oral presentation: ability to explain design decisions, to reason about computational cost, and to respond to variations on the problem statement raised during the presentation. b) Group project with oral presentation (10 %) In addition to the above criteria: — Integration of various techniques: solving a problem that requires combining more than one algorithmic technique and justifying the allocation between them. — Empirical comparison: measuring execution times using `time` or `timeit` and comparing the results with the expected theoretical complexity, whilst explaining any deviations. — Division of labour: each group member is responsible for defending the entire project, not just their own part. Failure to attend the defence will result in the loss of 50 per cent of the mark for the individual component of the assessment. c) Final examination (ordinary session) (50%) This takes place on the date set by the University and assesses the entire course content. Passing the mid-term exam does not exempt students from further assessment. Assessment criteria: — Efficiency analysis: calculation of the time and space complexity of given algorithms, in O, Theta and Omega notation, and solving recurrence relations. — Algorithm design: writing the solution to a new problem in pseudocode, justifying the chosen data structure. — Mastery of techniques: application of greedy algorithms, divide and conquer, dynamic programming, backtracking, and branch-and-bound to problems not covered in class, including the formulation of the pruning function or bound values where appropriate. — Selection criteria: the ability to decide which technique is appropriate for a given problem and to justify the rejection of the others. — Formal correctness: accuracy in notation, in proving the optimality of a greedy solution, and in formulating the recurrence relation for a dynamic programming problem. d) Written mid-term exam (10 %) A handwritten examination, held halfway through the term, focusing on the design of algorithms in pseudocode and on complexity analysis. This examination does not exempt students from the course material. Assessment criteria: — Correctness of the pseudocode and flowcharts. — Accuracy of the complexity analysis and the solution to recurrence relations. — Clarity of written reasoning, assessed independently of the final result. e) Oral examination on a section of the syllabus (10 per cent) An individual examination limited to one section of the syllabus, announced in advance. It does not cover the entire syllabus. Assessment criteria: — Understanding versus rote learning: ability to explain how an algorithm from the section works without referring to the written code. — Reasoning regarding cost: deducing complexity aloud, step by step. — Response to follow-up questions: reaction to a modification of the question or to a borderline case raised during the examination. — Terminological accuracy: correct use of subject-specific vocabulary. f) Exercises completed and handed in during class (10 %) A set of exercises completed during the sessions and uploaded to the campus by the deadline specified for each one. Assessment criteria: — Consistency: regular submission throughout the term, not concentrated at the end. — Correctness of the solution and adherence to the question. — Progress: incorporation into subsequent exercises of the corrections noted in previous ones. — Traceability of the student’s own work: the exercise must be able to be explained in class at the lecturer’s request. An exercise that the student cannot defend will not be marked. 2. REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TO COUNT TOWARDS THE FINAL GRADE — Achieve a mark of 5.0 out of 10 or higher in the final exam during the standard examination period. Below this mark, the course mark will be the mark obtained in that exam. — Achieve a weighted average of 5.0 out of 10 or higher across all activities. 3. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT Students who do not participate in continuous assessment, or who do not meet the minimum attendance requirement, will be assessed by means of a single examination which accounts for 100 per cent of the mark and covers the entire course content, both theoretical and practical. 4. SITTING EXTRAORDINARY EXAM The mark is derived exclusively from the supplementary examination, which covers the entire syllabus. Continuous assessment activities do not count towards this sitting. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. ORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT The final mark is the weighted average of the following activities. Course content is cumulative: no assessment is restricted to an isolated topic, with the sole exception of the oral examination, which is expressly limited to one block of the syllabus. SE1 · Practical activities (20 %) — Individual assignment with oral defence … 10 % — Group assignment with oral defence … 10 % SE2 · Final knowledge tests (50 %) — Final examination, ordinary session … 50 % SE3 · Portfolio (30 %) — Written mid-term examination … 10 % — Oral examination on one section of the syllabus … 10 % — Exercises completed and submitted in class … 10 % a) Individual assignment with oral defence (10 %) Assessment criteria: — Algorithmic correctness and efficiency analysis: correct implementation of the solution and reasoned justification of its time and space complexity in asymptotic notation, including the formulation and solution of the recurrence relation where the algorithm is recursive. — Suitability of the chosen technique: justification of why the technique used (greedy, divide and conquer, dynamic programming, backtracking or branch and bound) is the appropriate one for the problem, and what rules out the others. — Choice of data structures: suitability of the structures used in relation to the cost of the algorithm’s dominant operations. — Code structure and clarity: modular organisation, appropriate use of functions and adherence to the language’s style conventions (PEP 8 in Python). — Documentation: docstrings and comments explaining the logic of the algorithm, together with an analysis of the cost of its main operations. — Verification: unit tests written using unittest or pytest, demonstrating the correctness and robustness of the solution, including edge cases. — Oral defence: ability to explain the design decisions, to reason about cost and to respond to variations of the problem statement raised during the defence. b) Group assignment with oral defence (10 %) In addition to the criteria above: — Integration of several techniques: solution to a problem requiring more than one algorithmic technique, with a reasoned explanation of how the work is divided between them. — Empirical comparison: measurement of execution times using `time` or `timeit` and comparison of the results against the predicted theoretical complexity, explaining any deviation. — Division of labour: each member of the group is accountable for the entire assignment during the defence, not just for their own part. Failure to attend the oral defence results in the loss of 50 per cent of the mark for that activity on an individual basis. c) Final examination, ordinary session (50 %) Held on the date set by the University and covering the entire course content. The mid-term examination does not exempt students from any part of the course content. Assessment criteria: — Efficiency analysis: calculation of the time and space complexity of given algorithms in O, Theta and Omega notation, and solution of recurrence relations. — Algorithm design: a pseudocode solution to an unseen problem, with justification of the chosen data structure. — Mastery of techniques: application of greedy algorithms, divide and conquer, dynamic programming, backtracking and branch and bound to problems not covered in class, including the formulation of the pruning function or the bounds where applicable. — Selection criteria: the ability to decide which technique is best suited to a given problem and to explain why the others are ruled out. — Formal correctness: precision in notation, in proving the optimality of a greedy solution and in formulating the recurrence relation for a dynamic programming problem. d) Written mid-term examination (10 %) A handwritten examination held halfway through the semester, focusing on algorithm design in pseudocode and on complexity analysis. It does not exempt students from any course content. Assessment criteria: — Correctness of the pseudocode and flowcharts. — Accuracy of the complexity analysis and of the solution to recurrence relations. — Clarity of the written reasoning, assessed independently of the final result. e) Oral examination on one section of the syllabus (10 %) Individual examination limited to one section of the syllabus, announced in advance. It does not cover the entire syllabus. Assessment criteria: — Understanding rather than memorisation: the ability to explain how an algorithm from the section works without relying on written code. — Reasoning about cost: step-by-step derivation of the complexity spoken aloud. — Response to follow-up questions: reaction to a change in the problem statement or to an edge case raised during the examination. — Terminological precision: correct use of the subject’s vocabulary. f) Exercises completed and submitted in class (10 %) A set of exercises completed during the sessions and uploaded to the campus platform by the deadline specified for each one. Assessment criteria: — Consistency: regular submission throughout the term, not concentrated at the end. — Correctness of the solution and adherence to the problem statement. — Progression: incorporation into later exercises of the corrections noted in earlier ones. — Traceability of the student’s own work: the student must be able to explain the exercise in class if asked to do so. An exercise that the student cannot defend will be marked as zero. 2. REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TO COUNT TOWARDS THE FINAL MARK — Achieving a mark of 5.0 out of 10 or higher in the final examination held during the regular examination period. Below this mark, the mark for the course will be that obtained in that examination. — Demonstrating a minimum attendance of 70 per cent of the face-to-face sessions. — Achieving a weighted average of 5.0 out of 10 or higher across all activities. 3. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT Students who do not take part in continuous assessment, or who do not meet the minimum attendance requirement, will be assessed by means of a single examination worth 100 per cent of the mark, covering the entire course content, both theoretical and practical. 4. RESIT (EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD) The mark is based solely on the resit examination, which covers the entire course content. Continuous assessment activities do not count towards the mark during this period. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core reading list: 1. George T. Heineman, Gary Pollice, Stanley Selkow Algorithms in a Nutshell (2nd edition) O’Reilly Media. 2016. ISBN: 978-1-4919-01 2. Mariona Nadal Data Structures and Algorithms Anaya Multimedia. 2022. ISBN: 978-844154519 Others: 3. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein Introduction to Algorithms McGraw-Hill. 2022. ISBN: 978-607150285 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0242304 | Differential Geometry and Applications | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Differential Geometry and ApplicationsCódigo: C0242304 Imprimir Year 2 Course. First term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The fundamental objective is for students to learn how to perform calculations on curves and surfaces in Euclidean space. It is not so much a question of developing spatial awareness, but rather of understanding the fundamental quadratic forms that define a surface and being able to deduce from them the curvatures and other differential invariants that characterise them. This objective focuses on the study of intrinsic and local geometry, as opposed to extrinsic geometry, which studies surfaces embedded within others, and global geometry, which studies the characterisation of the surface as a whole through characteristic classes. Prerequisites Although no prerequisites have been established, it is advisable to have previously taken the modules ‘Mathematical Foundations of Engineering I and II’ and ‘Algebra I and II’, and to have taken or be currently taking ‘Differential Calculus’ or other modules with similar competences and learning outcomes. Competencies Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC2 – Identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competencies. RC3 – Apply software to solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competencies. RC6 – Work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or budget constraints. TYPE: Competencies. RC9 – Formulate problems from a professional context in mathematical language in such a way as to facilitate their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competencies. RK4 – Be familiar with rigorous proofs of some classical theorems in different areas of mathematics. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – Use mathematical language to formulate propositions in different fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or competencies. RS3 – Propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS5 – Use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the content 1) Curves in the plane and in space a) curves parameterised by arc length b) Frenet’s formulas 2) Surfaces in Euclidean space a) Parametrised and implicit regular surfaces: the tangent plane b) the first fundamental form c) applications: areas, lengths and angles 3) Local intrinsic geometry a) The Gauss map b) the second fundamental form c) applications: i) classification of points on a surface ii) principal directions and asymptotes iii) lines of curvature and asymptotes Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project development and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria The assessment process will consist of verifying and evaluating the student’s acquisition of the required competences. - There are two official examination sessions: the ordinary and the supplementary. REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD In the ordinary assessment period, the final mark for the module is determined by a process of continuous assessment. Continuous assessment comprises the following assessments: 1) a mid-term exam in October, which will account for 20 per cent 2) a surfaces exam on the last teaching day of the year (approximately 20 December), which will account for 30 per cent 3) the official examination (ordinary assessment period), which will account for 50 per cent. Under no circumstances do successful assessments exempt students from this final examination. For the continuous assessment to apply, the mark in the official examination must be 4 or above. In other words, if a mark of less than 4 is obtained in the final examination, the module will not be passed, and this mark will be recorded directly on the academic transcript. REGULAR EXAMINATION SESSION In the supplementary sitting, no marks will be carried over and the corresponding exam will be held, accounting for 100 per cent of the final mark. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. A.M. Amores Lázaro Basic Course on Curves and Surfaces Sanz y Torres. 2001. ISBN: 8488667779 2. Carmo, Manfredo P. do Differential Geometry of Curves and Surfaces Madrid: Alianza, 1994. 1994. ISBN: 8420681350 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 30 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH TERM
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| C0242305 | Integral calculus | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Integral calculusCódigo: C0242305 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. Second term. Foundation module. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module, which together with Differential Calculus forms part of the Mathematical Analysis II course within the degree programme’s Core Module, aims primarily to provide students with a solid grounding in the Riemann integration of functions of several variables and in the fundamental tools of integral calculus in higher dimensions. In particular, the course will cover the integration of functions of several variables over different types of domains, exploring in depth the conceptual and technical aspects that enable the extension of one-dimensional concepts to the multivariable case. Furthermore, Fubini’s Theorem and its applications to the calculation of iterated integrals will be studied, as well as the change of variable theorem, which allows integrals to be simplified through appropriate transformations. Furthermore, improper integrals in several variables will be analysed, with a focus on convergence criteria and their correct interpretation. Furthermore, the study of line and surface integrals will be introduced, from both a geometric and an analytical perspective, establishing their connection with scalar and vector fields. Finally, the main integration theorems of vector calculus will be presented; these relate integrals over domains to integrals along their boundaries and constitute fundamental tools in mathematics, physics and engineering. In this way, the module aims not only to ensure that students understand the theoretical foundations of integration in several variables, but also that they are able to apply them rigorously and competently when solving specific problems. Prerequisites None have been specified, although it is strongly recommended that students have previously taken the courses ‘Mathematical Foundations of Engineering I and II’ and ‘Differential Calculus’ or other courses covering similar skills and learning outcomes. Competencies Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC9 – Formulate problems from a professional context in mathematical language in such a way as to facilitate their analysis and solution. TYPE: Competencies. RK4 – Be familiar with rigorous proofs of some classical theorems in different areas of mathematics. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – Use mathematical language to state propositions in different fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or abilities. RS3 – Propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-life situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the content The course covers the following topics: 1. Integration of functions of several variables. 2. Fubini’s theorem. 3. The change of variables theorem. 4. Improper integrals. 5. Line and surface integrals. 6. Theorems on vector integration. Learning activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1 Project work and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria There are two official examination sessions: the ordinary and the supplementary. *** Ordinary examination session *** The final mark for this sitting is the weighted average of the assessment tests detailed below: - 2 non-exemption mid-term exams: 30% of the final mark (15% for each mid-term exam). - Completion of exercises: 15% of the final mark. - Final exam for the ordinary assessment period: 55% of the final mark. This exam will assess all the content covered in the module. In order for the continuous assessment (comprising the submission of exercises and the two mid-term exams) to be taken into account, students must achieve a minimum mark of 4.0 out of 10.0 in the final exam. In this case, the average will be calculated between the continuous assessment and this exam, even if the former is a fail. If the mark for the final exam is below 4.0 out of 10.0, the course mark will correspond to 55 per cent of the mark obtained in that exam. The module is considered to have been passed in the ordinary examination period if the mark obtained in accordance with the above guidelines is 5.0 or higher. *** Extraordinary examination session *** If a student has not passed the module in the ordinary examination period, they may sit the extraordinary examination. The supplementary examination session will take place during the July examination period (for further information, please consult the Academic Calendar). It consists of a single examination covering the entire syllabus of the module. The module is considered passed in the supplementary examination if the final mark is 5.0 or higher. GRADES Article 5 of Royal Decree 1125/2003 of 5 September establishes the grading system applicable to modules within degree programmes falling within the scope of the European Higher Education Area. This system is as follows: The award of the corresponding credits is conditional upon passing the associated examinations or assessment tests. The level of learning achieved by students will be expressed as numerical marks on a scale of 0 to 10, to one decimal place, to which the corresponding qualitative grade may be added: - 0–4.9: Fail (SS). - 5.0–6.9: Pass (AP). - 7.0–8.9: Good (NT). - 9.0–10: Distinction (SB). The distinction of ‘Honours’ shall be awarded to students who have obtained a mark of 9.0 or higher. The number of students awarded this distinction may not exceed five per cent of those enrolled on the course in the relevant academic year, unless the number of enrolled students is fewer than 20, in which case only one ‘First Class Honours’ may be awarded. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Jerrold E. Marsden Elementary Classical Analysis W. H. Freeman and Company. 1974. ISBN: 0716721058 2. Jerrold E. Marsden, Anthony J. Tromba Vector Calculus 3rd ed. Addison-Wesley Iberoamericana. 1991. ISBN: 0201629356 Others: 3.- James R. Munkres Analysis on Manifolds Addison-Wesley. 1991. ISBN: 0201315963 4. Michael Spivak Calculus on Manifolds Addison-Wesley. 1971. ISBN: 9780805390216 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0242306 | Technical Communication in English | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Technical Communication in EnglishCódigo: C0242306 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. Second term. Foundation module. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To acquire the necessary skills in existing methods to reach a B2/C1 level, with particular emphasis on individual expression (spoken and written), the communicative process (speaking and listening), the correct use of spoken and written language (accuracy, coherence and appropriateness, lexical accuracy, spelling, vocabulary, pronunciation and creativity) and reading texts (reading, comprehension and critical thinking). The course will also provide an introduction to technical English in the fields of engineering, aeronautics and mechanics at this level. Students will be familiarised with basic technical vocabulary and introduced to B2-level texts within the scope of their degree programme./Acquisition of the competencies required to use the existing methods to attain a B2/C1 level, with particular emphasis on individual expression (oral and written), the communicative process (speaking and listening), the accurate use of spoken and written language (correctness, coherence and appropriateness, lexical accuracy, spelling, vocabulary, pronunciation and creativity), and the reading of texts (reading, comprehension and critical thinking). The course will also provide an introduction to technical English in the fields of engineering, aeronautics and mechanics at the corresponding level. Students will become familiar with basic technical vocabulary and will be introduced to B2-level texts related to their field of study. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established for this course. Learning outcomes Not applicable. Learning outcomes RS6 – To analyse texts in the field of mathematics with the aim of becoming familiar with the structure and scientific publications, including those in English. TYPE: Skills. RODS – To develop effective communication, teamwork, analytical thinking, creativity and ethical leadership from a cross-disciplinary perspective, clearly inspired by democratic principles and values, as well as the Sustainable Development Goals, in order to act with integrity in the professional sphere./ To develop effective communication, teamwork, analytical thinking, creativity and ethical leadership from a cross-disciplinary perspective, drawing clearly on democratic principles and values, as well as the Sustainable Development Goals, in order to operate with integrity in the professional sphere. TYPE: Competences. Description of the course content The content of this module is designed to enable students to acquire the skills required for reading comprehension, listening comprehension, spoken communication and written communication, allowing them to function effectively in a professional context in English./The content of this course is designed to enable students to develop the skills required for reading comprehension, listening comprehension, spoken communication and written communication, allowing them to function effectively in a professional context in English. The course will cover a combination of basic English language content, focusing on the study and refinement of language use in various everyday contexts, and technical English, focusing on the study of vocabulary and concepts specific to different areas of specialisation./The course combines general English language content, focusing on the study and development of language use in a range of everyday contexts, with technical English, focusing on the acquisition of vocabulary and concepts specific to different areas of professional specialisation. Unit 1 – Innovations 1.1 Eureka! (p. 4) – Talking about innovations. Grammar: Past and present perfect continuous 1.2 Smart wells (p. 6) – Clause linking;;;; Reporting on completed tasks. Grammar: Past participle and cohesion 1.3 Lasers (p. 8) – Technical descriptions;;;; Section markers in a talk. Unit 2 – Design 2.1 Spin-offs (p. 10) – Function of a device;;;; Grammar: Present and past simple passive 2.2 Specifications (p. 12) – Necessity, ability, recommendation;; Grammar: Modals and semi-modals 2.3 Properties (p. 14) – Describing properties. Grammar: Phrases to encourage participation. Unit 3 – Systems 3.1 Problems (p. 20) – Low probability, reassurance. Grammar: Present continuous passive and phrases suggesting low risk 3.2 Solutions (p. 22) – Summarising, linking. Grammar: Non-defining relative clauses, present participle, ‘although’ 3.3 Controls (p. 24) – Contrasting, note-taking. Grammar: Contrastive connectors Unit 4 – Procedures 4.1 Shutdowns (p. 26) – Past events. Grammar: Two-part phrasal verbs 4.2 Overhaul (p. 28) – Past procedure and instructions. Grammar: Nouns derived from phrasal verbs. 4.3 Instructions (p. 30) – Instructions and simultaneous actions. Grammar: Spoken versus written instructions. Unit 5 – Processes 5.1 Causes (p. 36) – Cause and effect. Grammar: Verb, noun and prepositional phrases of cause and effect. 5.2 Steps (p. 38) – Explaining a process. Grammar: Choosing between the active and passive voice. 5.3 Stages (p. 40) – Note-taking and writing up. Grammar: Gerunds and nouns as captions; lexical cohesion. Unit 6 – Planning 6.1 Risk (p. 42) – Degrees of certainty. Grammar: Phrases expressing degrees of certainty. 6.2 Crisis (p. 44) – Immediate and long-term plans. Grammar: Future/future perfect passive 6.3 Projects (p. 46) – Participating in meetings. Grammar: Phrases used when chairing a meeting. Learning activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project development and challenge-based problem solving. AP4. Independent study, case and problem solving, and literature search. AP5. Tutorials. AP6. Knowledge assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria The assessment process will be carried out with the aim of achieving the learning outcomes set out in the course description. The assessments carried out will evaluate the four language skills (reading comprehension, listening comprehension, writing and speaking). These tests will be: • Writing tests. • Written tests comprising multiple-choice questions, true or false questions, fill-in-the-blank exercises and open-ended questions. • Reading and reading comprehension exercises. • Vocabulary and grammar exercises. • Completing and presenting assignments. • Listening comprehension tests. • Oral expression tests. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT Students will be assessed through continuous assessment, as follows: Mid-term test 1 (35% of total mark): all four skills will be assessed Final exam (35 per cent): all four skills will be assessed 1 Oral presentations (20%) (If a student passes the oral test with a minimum mark of 5 in class, this mark will be carried over to the main examination session) Classwork (behaviour/attitude in class, attendance and active participation, completion of assignments): 10% IMPORTANT: Should a student have not sat any of the mid-term tests or fail them, the ordinary examination will account for 100% of the mark. In this case, students will be assessed as follows: Writing 25% Reading 25% Listening 25% Oral: 25% Once all continuous assessment tests have been completed, if the overall average mark in any of the skills (reading, writing, listening and/or speaking) is below 2.5, no average can be calculated. In this case, the final mark will be a maximum of 3 and, therefore, the student must sit the corresponding ordinary examination session. FINAL EXAM: REGULAR EXAM SESSION WITHOUT CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT AND/OR EXTRAORDINARY EXAM SESSION. Students will be assessed as follows: Writing 25% Reading 25% Listening 25% Oral 25% ------------------------- The assessment process will be carried out with the aim of achieving the intended learning outcomes set out in the programme documentation. The assessment tests will evaluate the four language skills: reading comprehension, listening comprehension, written production and spoken production. The assessment activities will include: • Writing tasks. • Written tests comprising multiple-choice questions, true-or-false questions, gap-filling exercises and short-answer questions. • Reading and reading comprehension exercises. • Vocabulary and grammar exercises. • Preparation and delivery of presentations. • Listening comprehension tests. • Speaking tests. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT Students will be assessed through continuous assessment as follows: Mid-term Examination 1 (35 per cent): all four language skills will be assessed. Final Examination (35%): all four language skills will be assessed. Oral Presentations (20 per cent): if a student passes the oral assessment in class with a minimum mark of 5 out of 10, the mark obtained will be carried over to the ordinary examination period. Classwork (10 per cent): including behaviour and attitude in class, attendance and active participation, and completion of assigned tasks. IMPORTANT If a student does not sit or fails any of the mid-term examinations, the Ordinary Examination will account for 100 per cent of the final mark. In this case, students will be assessed as follows: Writing: 25% Reading: 25% Listening: 25% Speaking: 25% Once all continuous assessment activities have been completed, if the overall average mark in any of the four language skills (Reading, Writing, Listening and/or Speaking) is below 2.5 out of 10, the marks cannot be averaged. In this case, the final mark will be capped at 3 out of 10, and the student will therefore be required to sit the corresponding Ordinary Examination. FINAL EXAMINATION: ORDINARY EXAMINATION WITHOUT CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT AND/OR EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION Students will be assessed as follows: Writing: 25% Reading: 25% Listening: 25% Speaking: 25% Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. Chris Jacques Technical English 4 Pearson. 2022. ISBN: 1292424478 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0242307 | Partial Differential Equations | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Partial Differential EquationsCódigo: C0242307 Imprimir Year 2 Course. Second term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module offers many possible approaches. One could study PDEs in n dimensions, or examine the properties of solutions to certain types of PDEs, etc., but the decision has been made to focus this course on the solution of PDEs in two and three variables. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set for this module. However, it is highly recommended that students have completed or are currently taking the modules on single- and multi-variable real calculus, as well as Differential Equations and Difference Equations. Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC2 – Identify the different stages of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competencies. RC3 – Apply software to solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competencies. RC6 – Work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or budget constraints. TYPE: Competencies. RC7 – Carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competencies. RC9 – Formulate problems from a professional context in mathematical language in such a way as to facilitate their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competences. RK4 – Be familiar with rigorous proofs of some classical theorems in different areas of mathematics. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – Use mathematical language to state propositions in different fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or abilities. RS3 – Propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-life situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS5 – Use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the content Topic 1: Linear PDEs in 2 and 3 variables. Semilinear PDEs. The Pfaffian. General PDE1. Topic 2: Continuous functions and their completion to a Hilbert space via the Lebesgue integral. The basis theorem. Fourier series and series expansions. Topic 3: The Sturm–Liouville problem. Eigenvalues and eigenfunctions. Topic 4: Solving linear second-order PDEs in two and three variables. Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project work and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria REGULAR EXAM SESSION - Two non-pass/fail tests will be held, each accounting for 15 per cent. - A final exam covering the entire course will be held during the ordinary assessment period, accounting for 70% of the mark. Important: to be included in the average mark, a minimum of 4.0 out of 10.0 must be obtained in the final exam. In this case, the average mark will be calculated even if the continuous assessment mark is a fail. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION PERIOD - A comprehensive exam covering the entire course will be held, accounting for 100% of the mark. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Gregorio Orozco and José Luis Guijarro Partial Differential Equations: A Mathematical Course Focused on Solving Problems in Physics and Engineering Bellisco. 2011. ISBN: 8495277166 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0242308 | Introduction to Parallel and Distributed Programming / Introduction to Parallel and Distributed Programming | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Parallel and Distributed Programming / Introduction to Parallel and Distributed ProgrammingCódigo: C0242308 Imprimir Year 2 Course. Second term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The course aims to provide students with the fundamentals and terminology specific to parallel, concurrent and distributed programming, distinguishing between the main concepts, models and computing paradigms. It also aims to develop the ability to analyse and design computational solutions, emphasising the importance of planning and preliminary problem analysis, identifying potential bottlenecks and proposing optimisation strategies aimed at improving efficiency and reducing computation times. The aim is to equip students to design and implement parallel, concurrent and distributed solutions using Python and its modules and libraries, selecting programming models—such as multithreading and multiprocessing—in accordance with the characteristics of each problem. It also aims to provide an applied perspective on parallel and distributed programming in fields such as scientific computing, simulation, graphics, computer vision, collaborative environments, web applications and big data processing. Finally, the aim is to integrate the fundamentals of parallel and distributed programming, scientific computing and distributed programming into the development of solutions and projects, covering high-performance input and output techniques, strategies for optimising communication and resource access, as well as different programming environments based on parallel and distributed models and paradigms, and the use of computational accelerators. ------------------------- The course aims to provide students with the foundations and terminology of parallel, concurrent and distributed programming, distinguishing between the main concepts, models and computing paradigms. It also aims to develop students’ ability to analyse and design computational solutions, recognising the importance of planning and prior problem analysis, identifying potential bottlenecks, and developing optimisation strategies aimed at improving efficiency and reducing computation times. The course is intended to equip students with the skills required to design and implement parallel, concurrent and distributed solutions using Python and its modules and libraries, selecting programming models such as multithreading and multiprocessing according to the characteristics of each problem. It also provides an applied perspective on parallel and distributed programming in areas such as scientific computing, simulation, graphics, computer vision, collaborative environments, web applications and large-scale data processing. Finally, the course aims to integrate the foundations of parallel and distributed programming, scientific computing and distributed computing into the development of solutions and projects, addressing high-performance input/output techniques, strategies for optimising communication and resource access, as well as different programming environments based on parallel and distributed models and paradigms and the use of computational accelerators. Prerequisites It is essential to have previously completed the modules ‘Fundamentals of Programming and Computers’ and ‘Data Structures and Algorithms I and II’, or other modules with similar competences and learning outcomes./It is essential that students have previously completed the courses ‘Fundamentals of Programming and Computers’ and ‘Data Structures and Algorithms I and II’, or other courses with similar competences and learning outcomes. Competencies Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC2 – To identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competences. RC3 – To apply software programmes that solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competences. RC4 – To be able to plan and develop projects in the field of Mathematical Engineering. TYPE: Competences. RC6 – To work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or cost constraints./ to work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or financial constraints. TYPE: Competences./TYPE: Competences. RC7 – To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts./ To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competences./TYPE: Competences. RS4 – To plan the resolution of a problem in accordance with the available tools and the constraints of time and resources. TYPE: Skills. RS5 – To use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills. Course content 1) Introduction to Parallel and Distributed Programming - Basic concepts of concurrency and parallelism: differences and motivations. - Historical development and rationale for the need for parallel (multiprocessor, multithreaded) and distributed (clusters, clouds) systems. - Main challenges: synchronisation, communication, scalability and load balancing. 2) Scientific Computing: Requirements - Issues relating to high computational cost in scientific environments (simulations, numerical analysis, big data). - Methods for utilising available computing capacity: algorithm optimisation, exploitation of hardware architecture (multicore, GPUs). - Introduction to Python libraries and frameworks for large-scale scientific tasks (NumPy, SciPy, etc.), which are then used with parallel paradigms. 3) Distributed Programming - Communication models in distributed environments: message passing (MPI), queuing systems, MapReduce and similar. - Building applications that coordinate multiple nodes (clusters, containers, cloud environments). - Synchronisation mechanisms and fault management (fault tolerance, data replication, resilience). 4) High-Performance I/O - Strategies for optimising data flow and reducing bottlenecks in disk or network access. - Distributed and parallel file systems (HDFS, Lustre, etc.). - Techniques for buffering, caching and data partitioning for HPC (High-Performance Computing) environments. 5) Parallel Programming - Parallelism paradigms in Python: threads (threading module), processes (multiprocessing module) and alternatives (futures, asyncio). - Concurrent programming patterns (producer-consumer, map-reduce, pipelines). - Security and consistency issues: mutual exclusion, locks, semaphores and risks (race conditions, deadlocks). 6) Parallel Programming Environments Based on Models/Paradigms - Overview of frameworks and libraries: mpi4py for MPI, Dask and PySpark for distributed data management, amongst others. - Choosing models based on the type of application (data-intensive vs. computation-intensive). - Performance validation and scalability metrics (speed-up, efficiency, throughput). 7) Accelerators - Use of GPUs and coprocessors to accelerate computationally intensive tasks. - Integration with Python (CUDA-Python, Numba, libraries that utilise the GPU). - Hybrid models combining multicore CPUs and GPUs to optimise algorithm execution in real-world scenarios. ------------------------- 1) Introduction to Parallel and Distributed Programming - Basic concepts of concurrency and parallelism: differences and motivations. - Historical development and rationale for the need for parallel systems (multiprocessors, multithreading) and distributed systems (clusters, cloud computing). - Main challenges: synchronisation, communication, scalability and load balancing. 2) Scientific Computing: Requirements - Computationally intensive problems in scientific contexts (simulations, numerical analysis, big data). - Methods for utilising available computing capacity: algorithm optimisation and exploitation of hardware architectures (multicore, GPUs). - Introduction to Python libraries and frameworks for large-scale scientific computing (NumPy, SciPy, etc.), subsequently used with parallel programming paradigms. 3) Distributed Programming - Communication models in distributed environments: message passing (MPI), queue-based systems, MapReduce, and similar approaches. - Development of applications that coordinate multiple nodes (clusters, containers, cloud environments). - Synchronisation and fault management mechanisms (fault tolerance, data replication, resilience). 4) High-Performance I/O - Strategies for optimising data flow and reducing bottlenecks in disk or network access. - Distributed and parallel file systems (HDFS, Lustre, etc.). - Buffering, caching and data partitioning techniques for High-Performance Computing (HPC) environments. 5) Parallel Programming - Parallel programming paradigms in Python: threads (threading module), processes (multiprocessing module), and alternatives (futures, asyncio). - Concurrent programming patterns (producer–consumer, MapReduce, pipelines). - Safety and consistency issues: mutual exclusion, locks, semaphores, and risks (race conditions, deadlocks). 6) Parallel Programming Environments Based on Models/Paradigms - Overview of frameworks and libraries: mpi4py for MPI, Dask and PySpark for distributed data management, amongst others. - Selection of programming models according to the type of application (data-intensive vs. compute-intensive). - Performance validation and scalability metrics (speed-up, efficiency, throughput). 7) Accelerators - Use of GPUs and coprocessors to accelerate computationally intensive tasks. - Integration with Python (CUDA-Python, Numba, GPU-accelerated libraries). - Hybrid models combining multicore CPUs and GPUs to optimise algorithm execution in real-world scenarios. Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.2 Workshops and computer laboratories. AP4. Independent study, case and problem solving, and literature search. AP5. Tutorials. AP6. Knowledge assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD In the regular examination period, the objective assessment of student learning will be carried out through continuous assessment. The weighting of the continuous assessment activities is distributed as follows: a) Practical 1 (7.5%) Assessment criteria: - Correct implementation of the parallelism techniques (multithreading or multiprocessing) covered in class. - Organisation and clarity of the code, appropriate use of data structures and Python libraries. - Code documentation (docstrings and comments) explaining the logic and the concurrency patterns chosen. - Efficiency of the solution in terms of speed improvement compared to the sequential version (where applicable). b) Assignment 2 (7.5%) Assessment criteria: - Use of specific libraries for distributed programming (e.g. MPI, PySpark) and justification for their use. - Correct architecture of the distributed solution (communication between nodes, load balancing, scalability). - Validation of results and verification of correct operation in a distributed environment or simulated cluster. - Cleanliness, maintainability and readability of the code. c) Final Practical (15%) Assessment criteria: - Integration of knowledge of concurrency (multithreading, multiprocessing) and distributed systems (clusters, containers, use of HPC libraries). - Design of an efficient and scalable solution that addresses a complex problem in big data, machine learning or scientific computing, applying strategies of parallelism and distribution. - Quality of project documentation (detailed README, user guides, references to theoretical concepts). - Presentation of results (performance graphs, tests on different input sizes and assessment of scalability). d) Non-exemption mid-term exam (30%) Assessment criteria: - Understanding of the fundamentals of concurrency in Python (use of threads, processes and thread-safety). - Ability to design and propose basic parallel solutions. - Theoretical knowledge of the main distributed programming models (MPI, MapReduce, etc.) and their advantages. - Problem-solving and short exercises focused on verifying performance and managing shared states. e) Final examination covering the entire module (40%) Assessment criteria: - Comprehensive mastery of parallel and distributed programming: concurrency theory, synchronisation, deadlocks, scalability and distributed architectures. - Application of design patterns for concurrent and distributed systems. - Ability to identify bottlenecks and propose performance improvements. - Both conceptual and practical questions, with an emphasis on solving real-world problems and optimising parallel and/or distributed systems. IMPORTANT: an average will only be calculated across the practical assignments, the mid-term exam and the final exam if the mark for each and every one of these assessment activities is 4.0 out of 10.0 or higher. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION In the extraordinary examination session, the objective assessment of the student’s learning will be based on a single examination covering the entire module, which will therefore account for 100 per cent of the final mark. Assessment criteria: It will consist of theoretical and practical questions covering the entire syllabus, including: - Concurrency concepts in Python (processes, threads, GIL). - Synchronisation and communication techniques (locks, semaphores, queues). - Distributed programming libraries (MPI, PySpark, Dask, etc.). - Design and optimisation of parallel and distributed systems (cluster deployment, scalability, fault tolerance). Conceptual rigour, the ability to solve complex problems and clarity in justifying proposed solutions will be assessed. A minimum mark of 5 out of 10 is required to pass the module. ------------------------- ORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD During the Ordinary Examination Period, the objective assessment of student learning will be carried out through continuous assessment. The weighting of the continuous assessment activities is distributed as follows: a) Practical Assignment 1 (7.5%) Assessment criteria: - Correct implementation of the parallelisation techniques covered in class (multithreading or multiprocessing). - Organisation and clarity of the code, and appropriate use of Python data structures and libraries. - Code documentation (docstrings and comments) explaining the logic and the concurrency patterns selected. - Efficiency of the solution in terms of speed-up compared with the sequential version, where applicable. b) Practical Assignment 2 (7.5%) Assessment criteria: - Use of specific distributed programming libraries (e.g. MPI, PySpark) and justification for their use. - Correct architecture of the distributed solution (communication between nodes, workload distribution and scalability). - Validation of results and verification of correct operation in a distributed environment or simulated cluster. - Code cleanliness, maintainability and readability. c) Final Practical Assignment (15%) Assessment criteria: - Integration of knowledge of concurrency (multithreading, multiprocessing) and distributed computing (clusters, containers, use of HPC libraries). - Design of an efficient and scalable solution addressing a complex big data, machine learning or scientific computing problem, applying parallelisation and distributed computing strategies. - Quality of project documentation (detailed README, user guides, and references to theoretical concepts). - Presentation of results (performance graphs, tests with different input sizes, and scalability assessment). d) Non-eliminatory mid-term examination (30%) Assessment criteria: - Understanding of the fundamentals of concurrency in Python (use of threads, processes and thread safety). - Ability to design and propose basic parallel solutions. - Theoretical knowledge of the main distributed programming models (MPI, MapReduce, etc.) and their advantages. - Problem-solving and short exercises focusing on performance verification and shared-state management. e) Final examination covering the entire course (40%) Assessment criteria: - Comprehensive command of parallel and distributed programming: concurrency theory, synchronisation, deadlocks, scalability, and distributed architectures. - Application of design patterns to concurrent and distributed systems. - Ability to identify bottlenecks and propose performance improvements. - Both conceptual and practical questions, with an emphasis on solving real-world problems and optimising parallel and/or distributed systems. IMPORTANT: The marks for the practical assignments, mid-term examination and final examination will only be averaged if the mark obtained in each and every one of these assessment activities is 4.0/10.0 or higher. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD During the Extraordinary Examination Period, the objective assessment of student learning will be carried out through a single examination covering the entire course. Consequently, this examination will account for 100 per cent of the final mark. Assessment criteria: The examination will consist of theoretical and practical questions covering the entire syllabus, including: - Concepts of concurrency in Python (processes, threads, GIL). - Synchronisation and communication techniques (locks, semaphores, queues). - Distributed programming libraries (MPI, PySpark, Dask, etc.). - Design and optimisation of parallel and distributed systems (cluster deployment, scalability, fault tolerance). Conceptual soundness, the ability to solve complex problems, and clarity in justifying the proposed solutions will be assessed. A minimum mark of 5.0/10.0 is required to pass the course. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. Giancarlo Zaccone Python Parallel Programming Cookbook Packt Pub Ltd. 2015. ISBN: 1785289586 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0242309 | Numerical methods | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Numerical methodsCódigo: C0242309 Imprimir Year 2 Course. Second term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The course ‘Numerical Methods’ introduces students to fundamental methods, together with the associated concepts, developed to solve mathematical problems approximately when it is not possible to obtain an analytical solution. It focuses not only on obtaining an approximate solution but also, and above all, on analysing the error introduced by that approximation, its stability, and the efficiency of the methods applicable to solving a problem. Students’ theoretical and practical learning is complemented by the computational implementation of these methods, thereby strengthening their programming skills and their ability to critically analyse the results obtained. In this context, the learning objectives are: - To understand the fundamental principles of numerical methods and their importance in solving mathematical and, consequently, engineering problems. - To analyse and evaluate the numerical errors associated with the different methods, including their origin, propagation and minimisation. - To develop the ability to select the most appropriate numerical method for solving a given mathematical problem. - To implement numerical algorithms using modern computational tools, such as Python or MATLAB. - To interpret and validate the results obtained using numerical methods, taking into account their accuracy and applicability. - Apply the knowledge acquired to practical problems related to mathematics and engineering, fostering a critical and reflective approach. Prerequisites A solid foundation in differential and integral calculus in one variable (Mathematical Foundations of Engineering I and II), as well as in linear algebra (Algebra I and II), is recommended. Knowledge of Python programming is also advisable. Competencies Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC2 – Identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competencies. RC3 – Apply software to solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competencies. RC6 – Work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or budgetary constraints. TYPE: Competencies. RK2 – Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operational research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RK5 - Be familiar with various simulation models, stochastic simulation, and the management and planning of logistics systems; and use software to solve cases involving production management and planning models. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – Use mathematical language to formulate propositions in different fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS3 – Propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS4 – Plan the resolution of a problem in accordance with the available tools and the constraints of time and resources. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS5 – Use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the course content This module is structured around 5 topics: - Topic 1. Introduction to numerical methods. - Topic 2. Non-linear equations. - Topic 3. Numerical interpolation. - Topic 4. Numerical differentiation and integration. - Topic 5. Numerical linear algebra. Teaching activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project work and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria The assessment process will consist of evaluating the extent to which students have achieved the learning outcomes associated with the module. ASSESSMENT SYSTEMS The assessment systems for this module are: AS1 Practical activities. AS2 Final knowledge assessments. AS3 Portfolio. These systems contribute to a greater or lesser extent to the assessment of the learning outcomes assigned to this subject. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA There are two official examination sessions: the ordinary and the supplementary. +++REGULAR EXAM SESSION+++ The final mark for this sitting will be the weighted average of a set of assessment tests detailed below: -- a case study (SE1), accounting for 30 per cent of the final mark for the ordinary assessment period, to be carried out during the term in small groups (assigned by the course coordinator) and for which will require both the submission of exercises whilst the case study is in progress and the submission of a report at the end of the term. -- a mid-term exam (SE3), which is not a pass/fail assessment; this will be held in a classroom on an individual basis during the teaching period and which will account for 20 per cent of the final mark for the standard assessment period. -- a final exam (SE2), to be taken individually in a classroom during the the standard examination period, in May–June (for further information, please consult the virtual campus), which assesses the entirety of the course content, and which will account for 50 per cent of the for the standard assessment period, provided that the student achieves a mark equal to or 4.0 out of 10.0. Otherwise (a mark lower than 4.0 out of 10.0), the course mark for the ordinary examination period will be the mark obtained in the final examination. *** Only the examinations are subject to re-marking. ***** The module will be deemed to have been passed in the ordinary examination period if the final mark is 5.0 marks out of 10.0 or higher. +++EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD+++ If a student fails the module during the ordinary examination period, they may retake it in the extraordinary sitting. In this sitting, there will be a single assessment, consisting of an exam which will take place during the extraordinary examination period, June–July (for further information, please consult the online learning platform), which will assess the entire syllabus covered in the module. ***** The module will be deemed to have been passed in the supplementary sitting if the mark obtained in that exam is 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Burden, Richard L. Numerical Analysis 7th ed. Mexico City: Thomson, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 9706861343 2. Sánchez, Juan Miguel Problems in Numerical Calculus for Engineers with Applications Madrid: McGraw-Hill, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 8448129512 Supplementary: 3.- Vázquez Espí, Carlos Numerical Analysis / Madrid: García-Maroto, 2013. 2013. ISBN: 9788415793069 Others: 4.- Demidóvich, B. P. Fundamental Numerical Calculus 3rd ed. Madrid: Paraninfo, 1988. 1988. ISBN: 842830887X 5. Gerald, Curtis F. Numerical Analysis with Applications 6th ed. Mexico [et al.]: Pearson Educación, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 9684443935 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| S0141410 | Digital Systems | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Digital SystemsCódigo: S0141410 Imprimir Year 2 Course. Second term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To understand the fundamentals of computer architecture and its basic hardware structures. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Learning Outcomes RK2 Understanding and mastery of the basic concepts of fields and waves and electromagnetism, electrical circuit theory, electronic circuits, the physical principles of semiconductors and logic families, electronic and photonic devices, and their application to solving engineering problems. Course description General content: Basic building blocks of digital electronics, sequential circuits, combinational circuits, microcontrollers, microprocessors: structure and organisation. Topic 1: Introduction to binary systems. Digital representation of information: number systems and codes. Boolean algebra. Topic 2: Two-level combinational logic. Logic functions and switches. Logic gates. High-impedance gates. Topic 3: Programmable logic devices. Programmable logic arrays (PAL, PLA and ROM). Topic 4: Functional modules based on combinational logic. Multiplexers. Demultiplexers. Encoders. Decoders. Arithmetic modules. Memories. Topic 5: Introduction to sequential logic circuits Types of flip-flops. Relationships between flip-flops. Timing diagrams. State diagrams Topic 6: Functional modules based on sequential logic. Storage registers. Shift registers. Counters. Topic 7: Introduction to programmable systems. Study of the blocks that make up a microprocessor system: CPU, memory, input/output interface. The concept of buses. How a microprocessor works. Introduction to programming. Laboratory practicals: Practical 1: Verifying a truth table. Practical 2: Encoders and decoders. Practical 3: Designing a digital clock. Teaching activities V1. – Lectures: Viewing and presentation of content V2. – Interactive synchronous classes V3.- Workshop and/or laboratory activities in virtual environments. V4. – Guided exercises on the platform V5. – Independent study. V6. – Completing knowledge assessments Assessment system and criteria Regular and supplementary assessment periods Assessment of the module consists of two parts: * Continuous assessment mark on campus (exercises, tests, etc.): 40% * Final exam: 60% Reading list Essential: 1. J. C. Hernández Martín Digital and Microprogrammable Electronics Thomson Paraninfo. 2007. ISBN: 9788497325059 2. Thomas L. Floyd Fundamentals of Digital Systems Pearson Prentice Hall. 2006. ISBN: 8483220857 Supplementary: 3.- Angulo Usategui, José Mª Digital Systems and Computer Technology 2nd ed. Australia: Thomson, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8497320425 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 36 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Third Year
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| C0342300 | Extension of Numerical Methods | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Extension of Numerical MethodsCódigo: C0342300 Imprimir Course 3. First-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the course are for students to learn the various numerical methods for solving differential equations, to become proficient in the use of numerical simulation libraries, and to learn how to analyse signals using the Fourier and Laplace transforms. Furthermore, students will aim to apply these methods to problems of relevance in mathematical engineering./The objectives of the course are for students to learn different numerical methods for solving differential equations, develop proficiency in the use of numerical simulation libraries, and learn to analyse signals using the Fourier and Laplace transforms. In addition, students are expected to be able to apply these methods to problems of relevance in Mathematical Engineering. Prerequisites It is essential that students have previously completed the courses Differential and Difference Equations, Partial Differential Equations, and Numerical Methods, or other courses with similar competences and learning outcomes./It is essential that students have previously completed the courses Differential and Difference Equations, Partial Differential Equations, and Numerical Methods, or other courses with similar competences and learning outcomes. Competences Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC2 – To identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competences. RC3 – To apply software programmes that solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competences. RC6 – To work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or cost constraints./ to work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or financial constraints. TYPE: Competences. RK2 – Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operational research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems./ TYPE: Knowledge or Content. RK5 – To understand different simulation models, stochastic simulation, and the management and planning of logistics systems; and to solve cases involving production management and planning models using software. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – To use mathematical language to formulate propositions in various fields and to construct proofs for the given problems. TYPE: Skills. RS3 – To propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the intended objectives. TYPE: Skills. RS4 - To plan the resolution of a problem in accordance with the available tools and the constraints of time and resources. TYPE: Skills. RS5 – To use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills. Course description The behaviour of linear models and non-linear differential equations is studied, identifying both the stability of the models and their long-term behaviour. Various numerical methods for solving ordinary linear and non-linear ODE are defined and understood, with a focus on the computational implementation of several of these methods, such as the Euler method, prediction-correction methods and the fourth-order Runge-Kutta method. Numerical methods for solving higher-order ODEs and systems of ODEs are also developed. In this context, non-linear ODE systems are also studied, and their main applications in the field of mathematical engineering are explored, such as population studies, applications in industrial chemistry or electronics, as well as transport phenomena. The final part of the course focuses on signal analysis, beginning with linear and non-linear regression methods and concluding with the use of Fourier and Laplace transforms. ------------------------- The course examines the behaviour of linear models and non-linear differential equations, focusing on the analysis of model stability and long-term behaviour. Various numerical methods for solving linear and non-linear ordinary differential equations (ODEs) are introduced and studied, with particular emphasis on the computational implementation of several of these methods, including Euler’s method, predictor–corrector methods, and the fourth-order Runge–Kutta method. Numerical methods for solving higher-order ODEs and systems of ODEs are also developed. In this context, non-linear systems of ODEs are studied, together with their main applications in mathematical engineering, including population modelling, applications in industrial chemistry and electronics, and transport phenomena. The final part of the course focuses on signal analysis, beginning with linear and non-linear regression methods and concluding with the use of the Fourier and Laplace transforms. Teaching activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project development and challenge-based problem solving. AP4. Independent study, case and problem solving, and literature search. AP5. Tutorials. AP6. Knowledge assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria REGULAR EXAM SESSION The assessment system comprises three parts: - SE1: 20%. These are in-class workshops on the computational implementation of numerical methods. - SE2: 20 per cent. These are practical case studies assessed through a final report. Generally, between two and four are carried out during the course. - SE3: 60%. These are written knowledge tests. There is a mid-term exam halfway through the course, accounting for 20%, and a final exam accounting for the remaining 40%. The calculation of the final mark in the standard assessment period is conditional upon achieving a minimum mark of 4.0 out of 10 in the final exam. Provided this requirement is met, a weighted average will be calculated from all assessment activities and tests, even if any of them have been failed. If the mark obtained in the final exam is less than 4.0 out of 10, the final mark will be the mark obtained in that exam. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION The supplementary examination involves sitting a final exam covering the entire module. The mark for the supplementary examination will be calculated as follows: - 100% mark for the theoretical/practical examination. ------------------------- ORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD The assessment system comprises three components: - SE1: 20% — In-class workshops focusing on the computational implementation of numerical methods. - SE2: 20% — Practical case studies assessed via a final report. Generally, between two and four case studies are undertaken during the course. - SE3: 60% — Written knowledge assessments. A mid-term examination is held halfway through the course and accounts for 20 per cent, whilst the final examination accounts for the remaining 40 per cent. The calculation of the final mark during the regular examination period is conditional upon achieving a minimum mark of 4.0 out of 10 in the final examination. Once this requirement has been met, the weighted average of all assessment activities and tests shall be calculated, even if any of them have been failed. If the mark obtained in the final examination is below 4.0 out of 10, the final mark shall be the mark obtained in that examination. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD The Extraordinary Examination Period consists of a final examination covering the entire course. The mark for the Extraordinary Examination Period will be calculated as follows: - 100% — Theoretical/practical examination mark. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. D. A. Ovalle, M. Á. Bernal-Yermanos and J. A. Posada-Restrepo Mathematics for Engineering. Numerical Methods with Python Grancolombiano Polytechnic University. 2017. ISBN: 978-958-8721- 2. Steven Chapra and Raymond Canale Numerical Methods for Engineers McGraw-Hill Interamericana de España S.L.. 2011. ISBN: 6071504996 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0342301 | Object-Oriented Development | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Object-Oriented DevelopmentCódigo: C0342301 Imprimir Course 3. Subject. First term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module is divided into a series of modules designed to improve and refine the techniques students use in programming and testing applications. The modules comprising the course are: 1. Advanced Data Structures. This module introduces students to specialised techniques for defining data structures that model the real world. 2. Algorithmic Techniques. This module examines different approaches to algorithmic problem-solving that can be applied at various stages of computer-based problem-solving. 3. Programme Testing. The aim of this module is to make students aware of the importance of testing in all development work. Students will also be taught the most common techniques for testing programmes and computer systems. ------------------------- This course is divided into a series of modules aimed at developing and refining the techniques students use in application programming and testing. The course comprises the following modules: 1. Advanced Data Structures. This module introduces students to specialised techniques for defining data structures that model real-world systems and phenomena. 2. Algorithmic Techniques. This module examines different approaches to solving problems algorithmically, which can be applied at different stages of computer-based problem-solving. 3. Software Testing. The aim of this module is to raise students’ awareness of the importance of testing throughout the software development process. Students will also be introduced to the most common techniques for testing software programmes and computer systems. Prerequisites It is essential to have previously completed the modules ‘Fundamentals of Programming and Computers’, ‘Data Structures and Algorithms I and II’ and ‘Introduction to Parallel and Distributed Programming’, or other modules with similar competences and learning outcomes./It is essential that students have previously completed the courses ‘Fundamentals of Programming and Computers’, ‘Data Structures and Algorithms I and II’, and ‘Introduction to Parallel and Distributed Programming’, or other courses with similar competences and learning outcomes. Competencies Not applicable./Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC2 – To identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competences. RC3 – To apply software programmes that solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competences. RC4 – To be able to plan and develop projects in the field of Mathematical Engineering. TYPE: Competences. RC6 – To work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or cost constraints./ to work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or financial constraints. TYPE: Competences./TYPE: Competences. RC7 – To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering with an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts./ To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering with an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competences./TYPE: Competences. RS4 – To plan the resolution of a problem in accordance with the available tools and the constraints of time and resources./ To plan the resolution of a problem according to the available tools and the constraints of time and resources. TYPE: Skills./TYPE: Skills. RS5 – To use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills. Course content 1. Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming (OOP). 1.1. Phases of software development. Methodologies. 1.2. Design diagrams. UML. 2. Classes in Python. 2.1. Imperative programming. 2.2. Objects and classes. 2.3. Encapsulation. 2.4. Modularity. 3. Class inheritance. 3.1. Class hierarchy. Encapsulation. 3.2. Abstract classes and interfaces. 3.3. Error handling. Exceptions. 3.4. Collections and generics. Inner classes. 3.5. Polymorphism. Concurrency. Functional interfaces. 4. User interface design. 4.1. Elements of graphical user interfaces. 4.2. Geometric layout of components. Layouts. 4.3. Event handling. Listeners. 4.4. Interface frameworks. 4.5. Use of graphics. 5. Design patterns. 5.1. General concepts of patterns. 5.2. Representative examples in Python. ------------------------- 1. Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming (OOP). 1.1. Software development phases and methodologies. 1.2. Design diagrams and the Unified Modelling Language (UML) 2. Classes in Python. 2.1. Imperative programming. 2.2. Objects and classes. 2.3. Encapsulation. 2.4. Modularity. 3. Class inheritance. 3.1. Class hierarchies and encapsulation. 3.2. Abstract classes and interfaces. 3.3. Error handling and exceptions. 3.4. Collections and generics. Inner classes. 3.5. Polymorphism, concurrency and functional interfaces. 4. User Interface Design. 4.1. Graphical user interface elements. 4.2. Geometric arrangement of components and layouts. 4.3. Event handling and event listeners. 4.4. User interface frameworks. 4.5. Use of graphics. 5. Design Patterns. 5.1. General concepts of design patterns. 5.2. Representative examples in Python. Learning activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.2 Workshops and computer labs. AP4. Independent study, case and problem solving, and literature search. AP5. Tutorials. AP6. Knowledge assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria The assessment process will take into account the various learning outcomes. REGULAR EXAMINATION SESSION Assessment will consist of the following parts: - 50 per cent theoretical/practical examination. - 50 per cent from laboratory practicals. The calculation of the final mark for the ordinary assessment period is conditional upon achieving a minimum mark of 4.0 out of 10 in the final examination. Once this requirement has been met, a weighted average will be calculated from all assessment activities and tests, even if any of them have been failed. If the mark obtained in the final examination is less than 4.0 out of 10, the final mark will be the mark obtained in that examination. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAM SESSION The assessment will consist of a single component (100%), comprising a theoretical/practical examination. ------------------------- The assessment process will take into account the different competencies to be developed. ORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD Assessment will consist of the following components: - 50% - Theoretical/practical examination. - 50% - Laboratory practical assignments. The calculation of the final mark in the ordinary examination period is conditional upon achieving a minimum mark of 4.0 out of 10 in the final examination. Once this requirement has been met, the weighted average of all assessment activities and tests shall be calculated, even if any of them have been failed. If the mark obtained in the final examination is below 4.0 out of 10, the final mark shall be the mark obtained in that examination. RE-SIT EXAMINATION PERIOD Assessment will consist of a single component (100%), a theoretical/practical examination. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. David A. Ham Object-Oriented Programming in Python for Mathematicians (3rd Edition) Self-published. 2023. ISBN: 979-886257750 2. Krzysztof Postek, Alessandro Zocca, Joaquim A. S. Gromicho and Jeffrey C. Kantor Hands-On Mathematical Optimisation with Python Cambridge University Press. 2025. ISBN: 1009493507 3. Luciano Ramalho Fluent Python: Clear, Concise, and Effective Programming (2nd Edition) O’Reilly Media. 2022. ISBN: 1492056359 4. Steven F. Lott and Dusty Phillips Python Object-Oriented Programming (4th Edition) Packt Publishing. 2021. ISBN: 1801077266 Links Python – Official Python documentation Basic Python tutorials – Python tutorials on W3School |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0342302 | Operational research | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operational researchCódigo: C0342302 Imprimir Course 3. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The general objectives of the module are for students to: o Model basic problems in Operational Research. o Understand the fundamentals of the simplex algorithm and duality. o Solve linear optimisation problems and interpret the results correctly. o Understand the classical models of integer optimisation. o Apply non-linear optimisation conditions in simple cases. o Use software to solve typical Operational Research problems, particularly those involving linear optimisation. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set for this module. However, it is strongly recommended that students have completed the modules Algebra I and II, as well as having prior experience with the Python and VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) programming languages. Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC2 – Identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competencies. RC3 – Apply programmes to solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competencies. RC5 – Demonstrate a critical and self-critical attitude when tackling the challenges of their work as a mathematical engineer, and have the ability to display attitudes consistent with the ethical and professional standards governing scientific innovation and professional practice as a mathematical engineer. TYPE: Competencies. RC6 – Work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or budgetary constraints. TYPE: Competencies. RC9 – Formulate problems from a professional context in mathematical language in such a way as to facilitate their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competencies. RK2 – Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operational research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RK4 – Be familiar with rigorous proofs of some classical theorems in different areas of mathematics. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – Use mathematical language to formulate propositions in different fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or abilities. RS3 – Propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS5 – Use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS6 – Analyse texts in the field of mathematics with the aim of familiarising oneself with their structure and with scientific publications, including those in English. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the content CLASSIC MODELLING PROBLEMS IN OPERATIONS RESEARCH LINEAR OPTIMISATION - Theoretical foundations of the simplex algorithm - The simplex algorithm - Initialisation of the algorithm: the penalty method and the two phases - Theoretical foundations of duality - Dual simplex algorithm - Initialisation of the algorithm: the artificial constraint method - Sensitivity analysis and post-optimisation INTEGER OPTIMISATION - Branch-and-bound method NON-LINEAR OPTIMISATION - Karush–Kuhn–Tucker conditions Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.2 Workshops and computer labs. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria There are two official assessment periods: the ordinary and the supplementary. The final mark for the module in the REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD will be calculated as a weighted average of projects and exams as follows: - Continuous assessment (50%) + Mid-term exam (20%) + Python project* (30%) - Final exam (50%) * To be assessed on the Python project, students must have attended and completed all scheduled laboratory sessions. The calculation of the final mark in the standard assessment period will be subject to achieving a minimum mark of 4.0 out of 10 in the final exam. Provided this requirement is met, a weighted average will be calculated from all assessment activities and tests, even if any of them have been failed. If the mark obtained in the final exam is less than 4.0 out of 10, the final mark will be the mark obtained in that exam. The final mark for the module in the EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION will correspond to 100 per cent of the mark obtained in this examination. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Essential: 1. José Niño Mora Introduction to Decision Optimisation: Methods and Models in Operations Research. Ediciones Pirámide. 2021. ISBN: 9788436845280 Supplementary: 2.- Hillier, Frederick S. Operations Research 7th ed.: McGraw-Hill Interamericana. 2002. ISBN: 9701034864 3. Taha, Hamdy A. Operations Research 9th ed.: Pearson Education. 2012. ISBN: 9786073207966 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0342303 | Optimisation and Control Techniques | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Optimisation and Control TechniquesCódigo: C0342303 Imprimir Year 3, First-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The course ‘Optimisation and Control’ for mathematical engineers covers key techniques such as the Calculus of Variations, which optimises functionals using the Euler–Lagrange equation, applied to problems such as the brachistochrone problem. In Control, dynamic systems are studied, including PID controllers and optimal control based on Pontryagin’s principle. Dynamic Programming is introduced to solve complex sequential problems, using Bellman’s optimality principle, which is applicable to both discrete and continuous problems. Prerequisites We recommend that students have a knowledge of differential and integral calculus, differential equations and statistics. A knowledge of Python programming is advisable. Competencies Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC2 – Identify the different stages of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competencies. RC3 – Apply software to solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competencies. RC4 – Be able to plan and carry out projects in the field of Mathematical Engineering. TYPE: Competencies. RC6 – Work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or budgetary constraints. TYPE: Competences. RC7 – To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competencies. RC9 – Formulate problems from a professional context in mathematical language in a way that facilitates their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competencies. RK2 – Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operational research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – Use mathematical language to formulate propositions in different fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or abilities. RS3 – Propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS5 – Use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS6 – Analyse texts in the field of mathematics with the aim of familiarising oneself with their structure and with scientific publications, including those in English. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the content Topic 1. Calculus of Variations Topic 2. Optimal control techniques Topic 3. Linear-quadratic control and the Kalman filter Topic 4. Dynamic Programming Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Understand and apply the calculus of variations to optimise functionals, using the Euler–Lagrange principle in trajectory problems and other contexts. - Master classical and optimal control techniques, including the design and analysis of controllers and the application of Pontryagin’s principle - Develop skills in dynamic programming to break down and solve complex sequential problems, applying Bellman’s optimality principle in both discrete and continuous scenarios. - Integrate theoretical and practical knowledge to model, analyse and solve real-world optimisation and control problems in various areas of engineering and the applied sciences. - Use advanced computational tools to implement and simulate optimal solutions in dynamic systems and decision-making processes. Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.2 Workshops and computer labs. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria Regular Assessment Period (Continuous assessment: 50 per cent, exam weighting: 50 per cent) Continuous assessment will account for 50% of the final mark. The exam will account for 50 per cent of the final mark. The calculation of the final mark for the ordinary examination period is conditional upon achieving a minimum mark of 4.0 out of 10 in the final exam. Provided this requirement is met, a weighted average will be calculated from all assessment activities and tests, even if any of them have been failed. If the mark obtained in the final examination is less than 4.0 out of 10, the final mark will be the mark obtained in that examination. Extraordinary Examination Period (100% Exam) In the resit, assessment will be based solely on an exam covering the entire course content. The exam will account for 100 per cent of the final mark. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. D. O. Anderson and John B. Moore Optimal Control: Linear Quadratic Methods Dover Publications. 2007. ISBN: 9780486457666 2. Donald E. Kirk Optimal Control Theory: An Introduction Dover Publications. 2024. ISBN: 048632432X 3. Frederick S. Hiller and Gerald J. Lieberman Introduction to Operations Research McGraw-Hill. 1991. ISBN: 8486862450 4. Robert Grover Brown and Patrick Y. C. Hwang Introduction to Random Signals and Applied Kalman Filtering Wiley. 2012. ISBN: 0470609699 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0342304 | Complex Variables and Fourier Analysis | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Complex Variables and Fourier AnalysisCódigo: C0342304 Imprimir Course 3. First-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To understand, study and apply the theoretical and practical results of analytic functions, in particular elementary functions and their compositions. Understand and apply the Cauchy–Gousart theorem and the Cauchy integral formula, in its various forms for functions of a complex variable, to the integration of holomorphic functions. Understand and correctly apply Cauchy’s residue theorem and its applications. Understand the discrete Fourier transform and its properties, and apply it to signal theory: the fast Fourier transform and signal filtering; and apply it to image processing and audio compression. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Competencies Not applicable. Learning outcomes RC2 – Identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competencies. RC3 – Apply software to solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competencies. RC6 – Work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or budget constraints. TYPE: Competencies. RC7 – Carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competencies. RC9 – Formulate problems from a professional context in mathematical language in such a way as to facilitate their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competences. RK4 – Be familiar with rigorous proofs of some classical theorems in different areas of mathematics. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – Use mathematical language to state propositions in different fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or abilities. RS3 – Propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS5 – Use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the content - Introduction: complex numbers. - Analytic functions. - Elementary functions. - Cauchy’s integral theorem and formula for functions of a complex variable. - Cauchy’s residue theorem and its applications. Learning activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project work and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature reviews. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria The continuous assessment process consists of: 1) A test on calculations with complex numbers, covering topics 1 and 2 of the syllabus, held midway through the academic year, accounting for 25% of the mark 2) A test on complex integration, topics 3 and 5 of the syllabus, at the end of the academic year, accounting for 25% 3) The official exam (ordinary session) covering the entire course, accounting for 50% of the mark. Under no circumstances do passing the tests exempt students from the final exam. For continuous assessment to apply, the mark in the official examination must be 4 or above. In other words, if a mark of less than 4 is obtained in the final examination, the course will not be passed, and this mark will be recorded directly on the academic record. For the supplementary examination session, only this examination will be taken into account, accounting for 100% of the mark. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. Murray R. Spiegel Complex Variables McGraw-Hill. 2011. ISBN: 6071505518 2. Ruel V. Churchill and James Ward Brown Complex Variables and Applications 7th ed. McGraw-Hill. 2010. ISBN: 8448142128 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| S0241405 | Computer Architecture | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Computer ArchitectureCódigo: S0241405 Imprimir Course 3. First-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module aims to enable students to understand the fundamentals of systems based on microprocessor and microcontroller programming, as this forms the basis for subsequently understanding computer architectures. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Knowledge of digital electronic devices and Boolean algebra is recommended. Learning Outcomes CG1. To independently acquire new knowledge and techniques suitable for the design, development or operation of computer systems. CE1. To design and carry out IT projects using engineering principles and methodologies. CE3. Define, evaluate and select hardware and software platforms for the development and execution of computer applications and services of varying complexity. CE6. Design and develop centralised or distributed IT systems or architectures, integrating hardware, software and networks. CE7. Propose, analyse, validate, interpret, install and maintain IT solutions in real-world situations across various areas of application within an organisation. Understand the main hardware characteristics that affect the configuration and design of IT systems. Define and evaluate the hardware required to undertake IT projects of varying complexity. Design software systems that manage hardware at a low level. Design and implement digital circuits for projects of a certain level of complexity. Understand and use the equipment in a digital electronics laboratory. Learning outcomes Design of sequential and combinational digital circuits. Production of reports on the design, implementation and testing of low-level programmes and their laboratory testing. Preparing reports on the hardware configuration of computer systems that meet specific criteria. Understanding the evaluation and performance aspects of hardware and their application to computer systems. Knowledge of new hardware components and storage systems. Knowledge of how to use the equipment in a digital electronics laboratory. Course content Unit 1: Introduction to computer architecture. Concepts and components of a computer. Architectures. Instructions and programmes. Computer performance. Unit 2: Instructions and addressing modes. Basic concepts. Introduction to and characteristics of the MIPS architecture. Instruction formats and addressing modes. Instruction set and programming structures. Unit 3: Control unit and data path. Introduction to processor design. The data path. Constituent blocks. Operation of the data path. Control unit. Unit 4: Memory and Input/Output. Memory: concepts and classification. Memory hierarchy. Cache management. Input/output subsystems. Learning activities The learning activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected learning outcomes will be: 1) Classroom presentations on concepts related to programmable digital electronics, basic computer concepts, and the configuration and evaluation of computer systems, enabling students to understand how to tackle configuration problems, as well as other face-to-face group sessions such as presentation-based classes, discussions, exercises, etc. 2) Laboratory activities of increasing difficulty, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to solve programming problems independently, as well as project proposals, guided internet searches, webquests and other sessions of a predominantly practical nature. 3) Independent study, report writing, practical work, etc., carried out by individual students or groups of students. 4) Assessment tests Assessment system and criteria Regular and supplementary examination sessions Assessment of the module consists of two parts: * Continuous assessment mark on campus (exercises, tests, etc.): 40% * Final exam: 60% In both the ordinary and extraordinary final exam sessions, a minimum mark of 4 is required in the exams for the assessment of exercises and assignments to be taken into account. The mark for continuous assessment on campus will be based on the tests for each unit, two feedback exercises corresponding to units 1–2 and 3–4, and the final assignment. Bibliography Essential: 1. J. A. Gonzáles Vázquez Introduction to 8X52 and 8X51 Microcontrollers McGraw-Hill. 1996. ISBN: 8476158033 2. J. C. Hernández Martín Digital and Microprogrammable Electronics Thomson Paraninfo. 2007. ISBN: 9788497325059 3. J. Martínez Pérez and M. Barrón Ruiz Practical Work with 8-bit Microcontrollers. Industrial Applications. McGraw-Hill. ISBN: 8448101014 4. Juan Carlos Hernández Digital and Microprogrammable Electronics Thomson Paraninfo. 2007. ISBN: 978-84-9732-5 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 36 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH TERM
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| C0342305 | Stochastic calculus | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stochastic calculusCódigo: C0342305 Imprimir Year 3, Second Term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The aim of this module is to provide students with a sound grounding in the analysis and modelling of stochastic processes, equipping them to tackle dynamic problems subject to uncertainty in a variety of contexts. By the end of the module, students will be able to: - Understand the fundamentals of stochastic processes and their relevance to the modelling of random phenomena. - Analyse and characterise Markov chains, applying their properties to the solution of mathematical problems and real-world applications. - Develop a thorough understanding of martingales and their fundamental properties, applying them to the analysis of games of chance, finance and other stochastic systems. - Model random phenomena using Brownian motion, understanding its properties and its role as the basis for stochastic calculus. - To be introduced to stochastic calculus through stochastic integration and the application of Itô’s formula, applying it to the solution of stochastic differential equations. - Formulate and solve stochastic problems using a theoretical and analytical approach, with applications in physics, financial engineering and other fields of mathematical engineering. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set for this module. However, it is strongly recommended that students have taken or are currently taking the statistics modules within the degree programme. Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Learning outcomes RC2 – Identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competencies. RC6 - Work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or budgetary constraints. TYPE: Competencies. RC7 – Carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competences. RC8 - Assess the social repercussions and impact of solutions and proposals in mathematical engineering, ensuring compliance with quality standards and regulations applicable to the project. TYPE: Competencies. RC9 - Formulate problems from a professional context in mathematical language in a way that facilitates their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competences. RK3 – Understand the concepts of statistics and statistical inference in large data sets. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – Use mathematical language to formulate propositions in different fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or abilities. RS3 – Propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS4 – Plan the resolution of a problem in accordance with the available tools and the constraints of time and resources. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS5 – Use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the content Topic 0. Revision of probability theory. - Probability spaces, random variables and probability distributions. - Expectation, variance and covariance. - Generating functions and Laplace transforms. - Random vectors and joint probability distributions. - Multivariate normal distribution. Topic 1. Introduction to stochastic processes. Definition and classification of stochastic processes. Discrete-time and continuous-time processes. Autocorrelation function. Weak and strong stationarity. Topic 2. Discrete-time Markov chains. - Definition and fundamental properties. - Transition matrices and regular chains. - Stationary distribution and convergence. - Applications in mathematical modelling. Topic 3. Discrete-time martingales. - Definition and properties of martingales. - Martingales, submartingales and supermartingales. - Convergence theorems for martingales. - Applications in finance. Topic 4. Continuous-time Markov chains. - Continuous-time Markov processes. - Infinitesimal generators and transition semigroups. - Poisson processes. - Birth-death processes. Topic 5. Brownian motion. - Definition and construction of Brownian motion. - Fundamental properties: continuity, independence of increments and normal distribution. - Brownian motion in several dimensions. - Applications in physics and finance (asset pricing models). Topic 6. Introduction to stochastic calculus: stochastic integration. - The Itô integral and its fundamental properties. - Itô’s formula and applications. - Applications in financial engineering and the modelling of dynamical systems. Teaching activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project work and problem-solving. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria The final mark for the module in the REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD will be calculated as a weighted average of projects and examinations, as follows: - Continuous assessment (60 per cent): + Submission of exercises (20%). + Practical group activities (20%). + Non-exemption mid-term exam (20%). - Final examination covering the entire course (40 per cent): a minimum mark of 4.0 is required to be included in the average. If the mark for the final exam is 4.0 or above, it is averaged with the continuous assessment, even if the student has failed the continuous assessment. The final mark for the course in the EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION is based entirely on the mark achieved in the final exam for that session. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Richard Durrett Essentials of Stochastic Processes Springer. 2018. ISBN: 3319833316 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0342306 | Cryptography and Security / Cryptography and Security | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cryptography and Security / Cryptography and SecurityCódigo: C0342306 Imprimir Year 3 Course. Second term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives In this module, we will lay the foundations of modern cryptography, a discipline that is fundamental to ensuring the security of digital systems and communications. Cryptography is essential for protecting sensitive information, safeguarding privacy and building trust in the digital age. Why is cryptography important? Cryptography is not only essential for security, but also plays a key role in: • Secure machine learning and privacy-preserving AI. • Blockchain and distributed systems. • Secure communications in the Internet of Things (IoT) and cloud computing. • Digital identity and authentication systems. • Data privacy and GDPR compliance. ------------------------- This course introduces the foundations of modern cryptography, a discipline that is essential for ensuring security in digital systems and communications. Cryptography plays a fundamental role in protecting sensitive information, ensuring privacy, and establishing trust in the digital age. Why is Cryptography Important? Cryptography is not only essential for security but also plays a key role in: • Secure machine learning and privacy-preserving AI. • Blockchain and distributed systems. • Secure communications in the Internet of Things (IoT) and cloud computing. • Digital identity and authentication systems. • Data privacy and GDPR compliance. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set for this course. However, it is highly recommended that students have previously completed or are currently taking the programming courses included in the degree programme. Learning outcomes Not applicable. Learning outcomes RC2 – To identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competences. RC3 – To apply software programmes that solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competences. RC4 – To be able to plan and develop projects in the field of Mathematical Engineering. TYPE: Competences. RC5 – To have a critical and self-critical attitude to face the challenges of working as a mathematical engineer, and to demonstrate attitudes consistent with the ethical and deontological principles that govern scientific innovation and professional practice as a mathematical engineer./ to have a critical and self-critical attitude to face the challenges of working as a mathematical engineer, and to demonstrate attitudes consistent with the ethical and deontological principles governing scientific innovation and professional practice as a mathematical engineer. TYPE: Competences. RC6 – To work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or economic constraints./ to work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or budget constraints. TYPE: Competences. RC7 – To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts./ To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competences./TYPE: Competences. RC8 – To assess the social impact and implications of solutions and proposals in mathematical engineering, ensuring compliance with quality standards and applicable project regulations. TYPE: Competences. RK2 – Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operational research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS4 – To plan the resolution of a problem in accordance with the available tools and the constraints of time and resources. TYPE: Skills. RS5 – To use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills. Course description The module is worth 6 ECTS credits and covers: • Theoretical foundations: mathematical principles underpinning cryptographic systems, including information theory, number theory and computational complexity. • Symmetric cryptography: stream and block ciphers, including DES and AES, and their modes of operation. • Hash functions: cryptographic hash functions, their properties and applications in integrity verification and digital signatures. • Asymmetric cryptography: public-key cryptosystems such as RSA, the Diffie–Hellman key exchange and ElGamal. • Elliptic curve cryptography (ECC): modern cryptographic systems based on elliptic curves, which offer greater security with smaller key sizes. • Post-quantum cryptography: an introduction to cryptographic systems resistant to attacks using quantum computing. ------------------------- The course is worth 6 ECTS credits and covers the following topics: • Theoretical Foundations: Mathematical principles underlying cryptographic systems, including information theory, number theory and computational complexity. • Symmetric Cryptography: Stream and block ciphers, including DES and AES, and their modes of operation. • Hash Functions: Cryptographic hash functions, their properties, and their applications in integrity verification and digital signatures. • Asymmetric Cryptography: Public-key cryptosystems such as RSA, the Diffie–Hellman key exchange, and ElGamal. • Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC): Modern cryptographic systems based on elliptic curves, which provide enhanced security with smaller key sizes. • Post-Quantum Cryptography: An introduction to cryptographic systems designed to withstand attacks using quantum computing. Teaching activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.2 Workshops and computer laboratories. AP4. Independent study, case and problem solving, and literature search. AP5. Tutorials. Assessment system and criteria In the course’s virtual classroom, you will be able to view in detail the activities you are required to complete, as well as the submission deadlines, assessment criteria and rubrics for each one. REGULAR EXAM SESSION To pass the module in the regular assessment period, you must achieve a mark of 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher in the final module mark (weighted average) and, in addition: IMPORTANT: The average mark for all course activities must be 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher in order to be included in the calculation of the final mark. Furthermore, the exam mark must be 4.0 out of 10.0 or higher to be included in the average with the marks for the course activities. The final mark for this examination period will be based on the following assessment system: Continuous assessment (40 per cent of the final mark): • Participation in the forum and daily behaviour in the classroom: 5 per cent of the final mark. • Practical sessions TP1 and TP2: 15 per cent each (30 per cent in total). – TP1: Implementation of classical cryptographic systems or mathematical fundamentals. – TP2: Implementation of attacks on cryptographic protocols. • Forum participation: 5 per cent of the final mark. • Attitude and work in the classroom: 5% of the final mark. – Comprehensive project involving symmetric and/or asymmetric cryptography. Final exam (60 per cent of the final mark). The final exam will assess your overall understanding of cryptography, including: • Theoretical concepts and mathematical foundations. • Analysis of cryptographic protocols. • Security assessment and vulnerability analysis. • Problem-solving using appropriate cryptographic techniques. EXTRA SESSION To pass the module in the supplementary examination period, students must achieve a mark of 5.0 or above out of 10.0 in the final module mark (weighted average). Students must submit any assignments that were not passed during the ordinary assessment period, after receiving the relevant feedback from the lecturer, as well as any assignments that were not previously submitted. The following assessment criteria apply: • Both the average mark for the assignments and the exam mark must be ≥ 5.0. • The final weighted average must be ≥ 5.0. ------------------------- Detailed information about the assignments to be completed, submission deadlines, assessment criteria and the corresponding rubrics for each assignment can be found on the course’s virtual campus. ORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD To pass the course during the Ordinary Examination Period, students must achieve a final course mark (weighted average) of 5.0/10.0 or higher and, in addition: IMPORTANT: The average mark across all course activities must be 5.0/10.0 or higher in order to be included in the calculation of the overall mark. Similarly, the examination mark must be 4.0/10.0 or higher in order to be included in the calculation of the overall mark. The final mark for this examination period will be based on the following assessment system: Continuous Assessment (40% of the final mark): • Participation in the forum and daily engagement in class: 5 per cent of the final mark. • Practical Assignments TP1 and TP2: 15 per cent each (30 per cent in total). – TP1: Implementation of classical cryptographic systems or mathematical foundations. – TP2: Implementation of attacks on cryptographic protocols. • Forum assignment: 5 per cent of the final mark. • Classroom participation and coursework: 5% of the final mark. – Comprehensive project involving symmetric and/or asymmetric cryptography. Final Examination (60 per cent of the final mark). The final examination will assess students’ overall understanding of cryptography, including: • Theoretical concepts and mathematical foundations. • Analysis of cryptographic protocols. • Security assessment and vulnerability analysis. • Problem-solving using appropriate cryptographic techniques. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD To pass the course during the Extraordinary Examination Period, students must achieve a final course mark (weighted average) of 5.0/10.0 or higher. Students must submit any assignments that were not passed during the Ordinary Examination Period, after receiving the relevant feedback from the lecturer, as well as any assignments that were not submitted. The following assessment criteria apply: • Both the average mark for the assignments and the examination mark must be 5.0/10.0 or higher. • The final weighted average must be 5.0/10.0 or higher. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Luis Hernández Encinas Cryptography Los libros de la Catarata. 2016. ISBN: 9788490971079 2.- María Isabel González Vasco and Ángel Luis Pérez del Pozo Essential Cryptography: Basic Principles for the Design of Secure Schemes and Protocols Ediciones de la U. 2021. ISBN: 978-958-792-2 3. Pino Caballero Gil An Introduction to Cryptography RA-MA S.A. Publishing House. 2002. ISBN: 9788478975204 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0342307 | Data Management | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Data ManagementCódigo: C0342307 Imprimir Year 3, Second Term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This course aims to provide students with the knowledge and skills required to manage, transform and analyse data effectively, using a range of techniques for data exploration, dimensionality reduction, clustering and knowledge extraction./The course aims to provide students with the knowledge and skills required to manage, transform and analyse data effectively, using a range of techniques for data exploration, dimensionality reduction, clustering and knowledge extraction. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set for this course. However, it is highly recommended that students have previously completed or are currently taking the programming courses included in the degree programme./No prerequisites have been established for this course. However, it is highly recommended that students have previously completed or are currently taking the programming courses included in the degree programme. Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC1 – To develop data visualisation tools for large volumes of data in order to communicate the results of the analyses carried out on them, adapting them to different audiences, both technical and non-technical/ To develop visualisation tools for large volumes of data in order to communicate the results of the analyses carried out on them, adapting them to different audiences, both technical and non-technical. TYPE: Competences. RC2 – To identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competences. RC3 – To apply software programmes that solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competences. RC4 – To be able to plan and develop projects in the field of Mathematical Engineering. TYPE: Competences. RC5 – To have a critical and self-critical attitude to face the challenges of working as a mathematical engineer, and to demonstrate attitudes consistent with the ethical and deontological principles that govern scientific innovation and professional practice as a mathematical engineer./ to have a critical and self-critical attitude to face the challenges of working as a mathematical engineer, and to demonstrate attitudes consistent with the ethical and deontological principles that govern scientific innovation and professional practice as a mathematical engineer. TYPE: Competences. RC6 – To work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or cost constraints./ to work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or financial constraints. TYPE: Competences. RC7 – To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts./ To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competences./TYPE: Competences. RC8 - To assess the social impact and implications of solutions and proposals in mathematical engineering, ensuring compliance with quality standards and applicable project regulations. TYPE: Competences. RC9 – To formulate problems arising in a professional context using mathematical language, in a way that facilitates their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competences. RK2 – Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operational research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems. TYPE: Knowledge or Content. RK3 – To understand the concepts of statistics and statistical inference in large datasets. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS2 – To apply Data Science methods (management, machine learning) as part of the process of analysing large datasets in computing environments./ To apply Data Science methods (management, machine learning) as part of the process of analysing large datasets in computing environments. TYPE: Skills. RS3 – To propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the intended objectives./ To propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the intended objectives. TYPE: Skills. RS4 – To plan the resolution of a problem in accordance with the available tools and the constraints of time and resources. TYPE: Skills. RS5 – To use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills. Course description The Data Management module comprises the following topics: o Topic 1. Fundamentals of data management. o Topic 2. Data Storage I: SQL o Topic 3. Knowledge extraction techniques o Topic 4. Data Storage II: NoSQL Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Manage and store data efficiently, understanding different models and architectures. - Transform data, correcting errors and handling missing values. - Explore and select relevant data, applying exploratory analysis and visualisation. - Reduce dimensionality, using techniques such as PCA and t-SNE to optimise analysis. - Apply clustering and knowledge discovery methods, such as clustering, classification and association rules. - Implement solutions in Python, developing models applicable to real-world problems. ------------------------- The Data Management course covers the following topics: o Topic 1. Fundamentals of Data Management o Topic 2. Data Storage I: SQL o Topic 3. Knowledge Extraction Techniques o Topic 4. Data Storage II: NoSQL Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: - Manage and store data efficiently, with an understanding of different data models and architectures. - Transform data by correcting errors and handling missing values. - Explore and select relevant data by applying exploratory data analysis and visualisation techniques. - Reduce dimensionality using techniques such as PCA and t-SNE to optimise data analysis. - Apply clustering and knowledge extraction methods, such as clustering, classification and association rules. - Implement solutions in Python, developing models applicable to real-world problems. Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.2 Workshops and computer laboratories. AP4. Independent study, case and problem solving, and literature search. AP5. Tutorials. AP6. Knowledge assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD: Continuous assessment: - Participation and attendance + completion of case studies (50 per cent): - Regular attendance at classes and scheduled activities. - Active participation in discussions and debates - Correct and complete completion of case studies. - Final exam covering the entire course (50%). The mark for continuous assessment activities must be 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher to be included in the average with the exam. Similarly, the mark for the final exam must also be 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher to be included in the average with the continuous assessment activities. SPECIAL EXAMINATION SESSION: 100% exam. ------------------------- ORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD Continuous Assessment: - Participation and Attendance + Completion of Use Cases (50 per cent): - Regular attendance at classes and scheduled activities. - Active participation in discussions and debates. - Correct and complete completion of the use cases. - Final examination covering the entire course (50%). The continuous assessment mark must be at least 5.0/10.0 in order to be included in the average with the examination mark. Similarly, the final examination mark must also be at least 5.0/10.0 in order to be included in the average with the continuous assessment mark. SPECIAL EXAMINATION PERIOD: Examination (100%). Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Anne-Christine BISSON SQL: Fundamentals of the Language ENI Editions. 2021. ISBN: 9782409030376 2. E. Redmond and J. R. Wilson Seven Databases in Seven Weeks: A Guide to Modern Databases and the NoSQL Movement Pragmatic Bookshelf. 2012. ISBN: 9781934356920 3. K. Chodorow MongoDB: The Definitive Guide (3rd ed.) O’Reilly Media. 2019. ISBN: 9781491954461 4. R. Elmasri and S. B. Navathe Fundamentals of Database Systems (7th ed.) Pearson. 2015. ISBN: 9780133970777 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0342308 | Numerical simulation | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Numerical simulationCódigo: C0342308 Imprimir Year 3, Second Term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The course objectives are divided into two main groups. On the one hand, students will learn the main numerical methods for solving partial differential equations (PDEs). On the other hand, students will learn the main techniques for analysing and interpreting the solutions obtained. The first group is divided into explicit and implicit methods for solving PDEs, together with methods for finding special solutions (such as stationary solutions) to PDEs. The second group is divided into algorithms for handling large matrices and the use of functionals and functional analysis to understand and analyse the solutions to PDEs obtained through the first group of objectives. ------------------------- The objectives of the course are divided into two main areas. The first focuses on the study of the main numerical methods for solving partial differential equations (PDEs). The second focuses on the main techniques for analysing and processing the solutions obtained. The first area covers explicit and implicit methods for solving PDEs, together with methods for finding special solutions to PDEs, such as steady-state solutions. The second area covers algorithms for handling large matrices, as well as the use of functionals and functional analysis to understand and analyse the solutions to the PDEs obtained using the methods covered in the first area. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set for this course. However, it is highly recommended that students have taken or are currently taking the courses in the Numerical Analysis subject area, as well as the programming courses included in the degree programme./No prerequisites have been established for this course. However, it is highly recommended that students have previously completed or are currently taking the courses in the Numerical Analysis subject area, as well as the programming courses included in the degree programme. Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC2 – To identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competences. RC3 – To apply software programmes that solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competences. RC6 – To work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or cost constraints./ to work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or financial constraints. TYPE: Competences. RK2 – Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operational research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems./ Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operational research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems. TYPE: Knowledge or Content. RK5 – To understand different simulation models, stochastic simulation, and the management and planning of logistics systems; and to solve cases involving production management and planning models using software. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – To use mathematical language to formulate propositions in various fields and to construct proofs for the given problems. TYPE: Skills. RS3 – To propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the intended objectives. TYPE: Skills. RS4 - To plan the resolution of a problem in accordance with the available tools and the constraints of time and resources. TYPE: Skills. RS5 – To use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills. Course content - Introduction to simulation using differential equations. The main solutions to first- and second-order differential equations will be reviewed. - Finite difference method and Crank-Nicholson method. Both explicit and implicit finite difference methods and the Crank-Nicholson method will be studied and implemented to obtain solutions for: - Numerical solution of the wave equation. - Numerical solution of the heat equation. - Numerical solution of the Laplace equation. - Solving partial differential equations with different types of boundary conditions. Both homogeneous and non-homogeneous boundary conditions will be examined. - Handling of sparse matrices. A study will be carried out on how to numerically implement the solution of sparse matrices and its benefits compared to conventional methods for solving systems of equations. - Finite element method. An introduction to the finite element method and variational formulation will be provided. The method will first be implemented for solving ODEs and subsequently for solving second-order PDEs. ------------------------- - Introduction to simulation using differential equations. The main methods for solving first- and second-order differential equations will be reviewed. - Finite Difference and Crank–Nicolson Methods. Explicit and implicit finite difference methods, as well as the Crank–Nicolson method, will be studied and implemented to obtain numerical solutions to: - Numerical solution of the wave equation. - Numerical solution of the heat equation. - Numerical solution of Laplace’s equation. - Solution of partial differential equations with different types of boundary conditions. Homogeneous and non-homogeneous boundary conditions will be considered. - Sparse matrix techniques. Numerical methods for solving systems involving sparse matrices will be studied, together with their advantages over conventional methods for solving systems of equations. - Finite Element Method. An introduction to the Finite Element Method and its variational formulation will be provided. The method will first be applied to solving ordinary differential equations (ODEs) and subsequently to solving second-order partial differential equations (PDEs). Teaching activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project development and challenge-based problem solving. AP4. Independent study, case and problem solving, and literature search. AP5. Tutorials. AP6. Knowledge assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD Continuous assessment: - Workshops and assignments (35%). *** Assignments accounting for more than 25–30% of the overall mark will be weighted with a mark out of 10. - Ordinary examination (65%): final (covering the entire module). *** A minimum mark of 4.5 out of 10.0 is required in this exam to be included in the overall assessment alongside the workshops and assignments. The module is considered passed in the standard assessment period if the final mark is 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher. SESSION OUTSIDE THE REGULAR EXAM PERIOD In the supplementary examination, students will be examined on all the content covered in the course in a single examination. The mark for this examination will be that obtained in that exam (neither the workshops nor the assignments will be taken into account). The module is considered passed in the extraordinary examination period if the final mark is 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher. ------------------------- ORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD Continuous Assessment: - Workshops and Assignments (35%). *** Any assignment in which the use of AI exceeds 25–30 per cent will be awarded a mark of 0 out of 10. - Ordinary Examination (65%): final examination covering the entire course. *** A minimum mark of 4.5/10.0 must be achieved in this examination for the mark to be averaged with the continuous assessment mark for workshops and assignments. The course is deemed to have been passed during the Ordinary Examination Period if the final mark is 5.0/10.0 or higher. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD During the Extraordinary Examination Period, students will be assessed on all course content in a single examination. The mark for this examination period will be the mark obtained in that examination; neither workshops nor assignments will be taken into account. The course is considered passed in the Extraordinary Examination Period if the final mark is 5.0/10.0 or higher. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. Juan Carlos Jiménez Bedolla Numerical Methods using Python National Autonomous University of Mexico. 2022. ISBN: 978-607-30-58 2. O. C. Zienkiewicz The Finite Element Method Reverté. 2010. ISBN: 978-84-291-91 3. Steven Chapra and Raymond Canale Numerical Methods for Engineers McGraw-Hill Interamericana de España S.L.. 2011. ISBN: 6071504996 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0342309 | Artificial intelligence | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Artificial intelligenceCódigo: C0342309 Imprimir Year 3, Course 3. Second term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The course ‘Introduction to Artificial Intelligence’ is designed to provide Mathematical Engineering students with an overview of the fundamental concepts, techniques and applications of AI. The course covers everything from the basic principles, such as the definition and impact of AI across different industries, to the development of practical models. Students will learn to implement classification models (both basic and advanced) and regression models, explore data analysis through time series, and be introduced to neural networks and unsupervised learning. Priority is given to a practical approach, using tools and languages such as Python, to solve real-world problems whilst developing a solid theoretical foundation. Upon completion of the course, students will be able to (learning objectives): - Acquire a broad understanding of the subject and its most common applications. - Implement different models using the syntax of the Python programming language. - Learn and analyse how to train artificial intelligence models - Apply AI models to a variety of real-world problems. Prerequisites We recommend that you have some knowledge of the Python programming language, as this will be used as the main programming language on this course. It is recommended that you have studied the subjects of numerical analysis, optimisation and control techniques, and linear algebra. Competencies Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC1 – Develop tools for visualising large volumes of data in order to communicate the results of the analyses carried out on them, adapting them to different audiences, both technical and non-technical. TYPE: Competencies. RC2 – Identify the different stages of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competencies. RC3 - Apply software to solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competencies. RC4 – Be able to plan and carry out projects in the field of Mathematical Engineering. TYPE: Competencies. RC5 – Demonstrate a critical and self-critical attitude when facing the challenges of their work as a mathematical engineer, and possess the ability to adopt attitudes consistent with the ethical and professional standards governing scientific innovation and professional practice as a mathematical engineer. TYPE: Competencies. RC6 – To work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or budgetary constraints. TYPE: Competences. RC7 – Carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact within interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competencies. RC8 – Assess the social repercussions and impact of mathematical engineering solutions and proposals, ensuring compliance with quality standards and regulations applicable to the project. TYPE: Competencies. RC9 – Formulate problems from a professional context in mathematical language in such a way as to facilitate their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competences. RK2 – Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operational research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RK3 – Understand the concepts of statistics and statistical inference in large data sets. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS2 – Apply data science methods (management, machine learning) as part of the process of analysing large data sets in computing environments. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS3 – Propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS4 – Plan the resolution of a problem in accordance with the available tools and time and resource constraints. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS5 – Use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills or competences. Course description The Artificial Intelligence module on the Mathematical Engineering degree programme at Alfonso X el Sabio University comprises the following topics: - Topic 0. Fundamentals of AI. - Topic 1. Classification models. - Topic 2. Regression models. - Topic 3. Time series and AI. - Topic 4. Introduction to Neural Networks. - Topic 5. Unsupervised and Reinforcement Learning Models. Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.2 Workshops and computer labs. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria REGULAR EXAM SESSION (continuous assessment + final exam): +++ Continuous assessment: participation and attendance + completion of case studies (50%). - Regular attendance at classes and scheduled activities. - Active participation in discussions and debates. - Correct and complete completion of the use cases. +++ Final exam: exam covering all course content in the standard assessment period (50%). - A minimum mark of 4.0 will be required in this exam for it to be included in the calculation of the final mark alongside the continuous assessment. In such cases, the average will be calculated even if the mark obtained in the continuous assessment is below 5.0. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION SESSION: In the supplementary sitting, assessment will be based solely on an exam covering the entire course content. The exam will account for 100 per cent of the final mark. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Charu C. Aggarwal Linear Algebra and Optimisation for Machine Learning Springer. 2020. ISBN: 3030403432 2. Eloy Vicente Cestero and Alfonso Mateos Caballero Artificial Intelligence: Mathematical, Algorithmic and Methodological Foundations 978-84-09-46911-6. 2023. ISBN: 8409469111 3. John D. Kelleher, Brian Mac Namee and Aoife D’Arcy Fundamentals of Machine Learning for Predictive Data Analytics, second edition: Algorithms, Worked Examples, and Case Studies The MIT Press. 2020. ISBN: 0262044692 4. Peter J. Brockwell (Author), Richard A. Davis Introduction to Time Series and Forecasting (Springer Texts in Statistics) 3rd ed. Springer International Publishing AG. 2016. ISBN: 9783319298528 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| S0141408 | Fundamentals of Communications Networks | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fundamentals of Communications NetworksCódigo: S0141408 Imprimir Year 3, Second Term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To acquire a basic understanding of: - Advanced aspects and trends in computer networks: support for quality of service, advanced switching, IPv6... - Network technologies and protocols used in modern networks: dynamic configuration, security, network interconnection mechanisms, etc. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set Learning outcomes RK5 Knowledge of the structure, organisation, operation and interconnection of computer systems, the fundamentals of their programming, and their application to solving engineering-related problems. RS12 Ability to select, design, deploy, integrate and manage networks and communications infrastructure within an organisation. RC4 Ability to understand and apply the characteristics, functionalities and structure of distributed systems, computer networks and the Internet, and to design and implement applications based on them. RC11 Ability to design, deploy, administer and manage computer networks. RC12 Ability to assess the computational complexity of a problem, identify algorithmic strategies that may lead to its solution, and recommend, develop and implement the strategy that guarantees the best performance in accordance with the established requirements. Description of the content General module content: OSI reference models, Physical layer, Data link layer, Network layer, IP addressing, ARP and ICMP, Subnets, Routing, Transport layer, switching in LAN design, Switches, Virtual LANs (VLANs), VLAN trunking, WAN technologies, Point-to-point protocols, Physical technologies. Training activities V1. – Lectures: Viewing and presentation of content V2. – Interactive synchronous classes V4. – Guided exercises on the platform V5. – Independent study V6. Completing knowledge tests Assessment system and criteria Regular and supplementary assessment sessions Assessment of the module consists of two parts: * Continuous assessment mark on campus (exercises, tests, etc.): 40% * Final exam: 60% Reading list Core: 1. Feit, Sidnie TCP/IP: Architecture, Protocols and Implementation with IPv6 Madrid: McGraw Hill, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8448142969 2. Stallings, William Computer Networks and Communications Madrid [etc.]: Pearson Education, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8420541109 3. Tanenbaum, Andrew S. Computer Networks Mexico: Pearson Education, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 9702601622 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 36 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year 4
ANNUAL SUBJECTS
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| S0241401 | Communication in a Foreign Language 2 | FB | 6 | ||
Communication in a Foreign Language 2Código: S0241401 Imprimir Year 4. Annual module. Foundation-level course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The course ‘Communication in a Foreign Language 2’ is a one-year course worth 6 credits. This course aims to train students in the use of a foreign language, with particular emphasis on individual expression (spoken and written), the communicative process (speaking and listening), the correct use of spoken and written language (accuracy, coherence and appropriateness, lexical accuracy, spelling, vocabulary, pronunciation and creativity), and the reading of texts (reading, comprehension and critical thinking). Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set, although it is recommended that students have completed ‘Communication in a Foreign Language 1’. Competencies CG1. To independently acquire new knowledge and techniques suitable for the design, development or operation of computer systems. CG2. To communicate effectively, both in writing and orally, knowledge, procedures, results and ideas relating to ICT and, specifically, Computer Science, whilst being aware of their socio-economic impact. CG3. To understand the social, ethical and professional responsibilities – and, where applicable, civil liabilities – associated with the work of a Computer Science Engineer and their role within the field of ICT and the Information and Knowledge Society CE4. Possess the necessary mathematical, physical, economic and sociological foundations to interpret, select, evaluate and create new concepts, theories, applications and technological developments related to computer science, and their application. CE8. To design, deploy, organise and manage IT systems and services in business or institutional contexts to improve business processes, taking responsibility for and leading their implementation and continuous improvement, as well as assessing their economic and social impact. • Proficiency in a foreign language at a working level • Proficiency in communication techniques at a basic level Learning outcomes • Proficiency in a foreign language Description of course content A) Functional content: Listening to and commenting on current affairs Listening to and commenting on matters of personal interest Describing events Describing feelings Write personal and informal texts, as well as technical and/or formal ones Write relatively complex texts on general and specific topics, as well as on personal interests Express yourself orally in everyday, informal, professional and formal situations Talk about family, hobbies, travel, preferences, reasons for studying abroad, the environment, jobs, adventure sports, health, shopping, animals, places to live, festivals, technology and current affairs Express and defend an opinion;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; to suggest, express agreement or disagreement, ask for opinions: to introduce an opinion, explanation or example;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; to speculate B) Grammar Topics: Present tenses (simple present, present continuous, simple past, past continuous) Past tenses (simple past, past perfect, pluperfect and perfect) Used to Different ways of expressing the future Conditionals Modal verbs Wish, if only, hope Look, seem, appear The passive voice Verbs followed by the infinitive and/or -ing Adjectives ending in –ed / -ing Comparative forms of adjectives and adverbs As / like So / Such;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; Too / Enough Questions;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; indirect questions Countable and uncountable nouns Articles Pronouns and relative clauses Indirect speech Words used to express contrast;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; when, if, in case, even if, even though, whether C) Lexical Content Collocations Phrasal verbs Expressions for showing agreement and disagreement Adjectives and nouns to describe experiences and feelings Adjectives describing personality Vocabulary related to: studies, leisure time, holidays, the environment, work, adventure sports, television, shopping, types of accommodation, the body (medical vocabulary), technology Journey, trip, travel, way Learning activities The learning activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences will be as follows: 1) Seminars. Seminars consist of three main types of activity: introductory activities, practical activities and oral and written production activities. All of these will be carried out under the supervision of the teacher and will be tailored to the required language level. 1a) Presentation activities: these introduce new functional content and, consequently, the vocabulary and grammar that students must acquire. Types of presentation activities: • Reading texts adapted to the required level and completing comprehension tasks based on them. • Listening comprehension tasks relating to professional and/or everyday situations, adapted to the required level of foreign language proficiency. 1b) Practice activities: these involve practising the content previously introduced in class. Types of practice activities: • Activities and tasks for practising and reinforcing grammar or vocabulary. • Tasks involving identifying differences in information based on guidelines set by the teacher and in accordance with the required level of foreign language proficiency. • Tasks involving the development of an oral scenario based on guidelines set by the teacher and in line with the required level of foreign language proficiency. • Individual or group work. 1c) Production activities: in these, the student must produce spoken or written texts using the content previously presented and practised, in accordance with their language level. Types of production activities: • Text-writing tasks appropriate to the required level of foreign language proficiency. • Tasks involving distinguishing between pieces of information, which are more challenging than those carried out in the practice activities, based on guidelines set by the teacher. • Individual or group oral presentations. • Tasks involving the development of an oral scenario based on guidelines set by the teacher. 2) Language lab activities. Students must attend the language lab, with or without the teacher’s supervision. 3) Students’ independent study. This will take place either individually or in study groups. 4) Assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the regular examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University shall be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- 1. Ordinary and supplementary examination sessions: 1.1 60% of the final mark: Written theoretical and/or practical examinations on the content covered in the blended-learning teaching activities. 1.2 20% of the final mark: Solving problems and/or practical case studies covering the content covered in the blended-learning activities. 1.3 20% of the final mark: Completion of an assignment on the content covered in the blended-learning teaching activities. Bibliography Core: 1. Roy Norris Ready for First (3rd Edition) Student’s Book (without answer key) Macmillan. 2013. ISBN: 9780230440012 Supplementary: 2. Helen Stephenson, Lewis Lansford, Paul Dummet Keynote Upper Intermediate. Student’s Book and Workbook SGEL. 2016. ISBN: 978-1-337-561 3. Roy Norris and Lynda Edwards Ready for First (3rd Edition) Workbook (with answer key and audio CD) Macmillan. 2013. ISBN: 9780230440074 Others: 4. Barbara Thomas and Amanda Thomas Complete First Certificate – Workbook Cambridge English. 2011. ISBN: 9788483237328 5. Christopher Jacques Technical English Level 3. Workbook (with Answer Key and Audio CD Pack) Pearson Longman. 2011. ISBN: 9781408267981 6. David Bonamy Technical English 3. Coursebook (2nd Edition) 2nd ed. Pearson Longman. 2008. ISBN: 9781292424484 7. Guy Brook-Hart Complete First Certificate – Student’s Book Cambridge English. 2011. ISBN: 9788483237267 8. Guy Brook-Hart Complete First Certificate. Cambridge English: First. Student’s Book. Cambridge University Press. 2011. ISBN: 9788483237267 9. Martin Hewings Advanced Grammar in Use: A Self-Study Reference and Practice Cambridge University Press. 1999. 10. Michael Vince and Peter Sunderland Advanced Language Practice (with answer key) Macmillan. 2003. ISBN: 9781405007627 11. Raymond Murphy English Grammar in Use (with answer key) Cambridge University Press. 2003. ISBN: 9780521532891 12. Simon Collin Dictionary of Science and Technology Bloomsbury. 2003. ISBN: 0747566208 |
|||||
| TOTAL: | 6 | ||||
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| C0442300 | Machine Learning | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Machine LearningCódigo: C0442300 Imprimir Course 4. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This course aims to introduce the basic and advanced concepts of machine learning in a step-by-step manner. The course begins by covering the fundamentals of supervised machine learning, before moving on to deep learning models. The course will conclude with unsupervised analysis models. The knowledge required to understand the neural network models presented in this course includes fundamental theoretical concepts, as well as the ability to build your own models using the Python programming language. To achieve this, we will combine theoretical concepts with use cases, which will enable you to verify the results obtained in real-world problems. Prerequisites We recommend that you have some knowledge of the Python programming language, as it will be used as the main programming language in this Machine Learning course. Skills Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC1 – Develop tools for visualising large volumes of data in order to communicate the results of analyses carried out on them, adapting them to different audiences, both technical and non-technical. TYPE: Competencies. RC2 - Identify the different stages of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competencies. RC3 - Apply software to solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competencies. RC4 – Be able to plan and carry out projects in the field of Mathematical Engineering. TYPE: Competencies. RC5 - Demonstrate a critical and self-critical attitude when facing the challenges of their work as a mathematical engineer, and possess the ability to adopt attitudes consistent with the ethical and professional standards governing scientific innovation and professional practice as a mathematical engineer. TYPE: Competencies. RC6 – To work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or budgetary constraints. TYPE: Competencies. RC7 – Carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact within interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competencies. RC8 – Assess the social repercussions and impact of mathematical engineering solutions and proposals, ensuring compliance with quality standards and regulations applicable to the project. TYPE: Competencies. RC9 – Formulate problems from a professional context in mathematical language in a way that facilitates their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competences. RK2 – Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operational research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RK3 – Understand the concepts of statistics and statistical inference in large datasets. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS2 – Apply data science methods (management, machine learning) as part of the process of analysing large data sets in computing environments. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS3 – Propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competencies. RS4 – Plan the resolution of a problem in accordance with the available tools and time and resource constraints. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS5 – Use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the content Topic 0. Fundamentals of machine learning Topic 1. Classification and regression models Topic 2. Neural networks Topic 3. Convolutional Neural Networks (CNNs) Topic 4. Recurrent Neural Networks (RNNs) Topic 5. Natural Language Processing Topic 6. Unsupervised models By the end of the course, students will be able to: - Gain a broad understanding of machine learning and its most common applications. - Implement different models using the Python programming language syntax. - Learn and analyse how to train machine learning models. - Apply Machine Learning models to a variety of real-world problems. - Understand and correctly use the tools and techniques for deploying pre-trained models. Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.2 Workshops and computer labs. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD (weighting of case studies: 50 per cent, weighting of the exam: 50 per cent): 1) Participation and attendance + case studies (50 per cent): a) Regular attendance at classes and scheduled activities. b) Active participation in discussions and debates c) Correct and complete completion of case studies 2) Final examination (50%): an examination in the ordinary assessment period comprising 50% theoretical questions and 50% case studies. The calculation of the final mark in the standard examination period is conditional upon achieving a minimum mark of 4.0 out of 10 in the final exam. Once this requirement has been met, a weighted average will be calculated from all activities and assessment tasks, even if any of them have been failed. If the mark obtained in the final exam is less than 4.0 out of 10, the final mark will be the mark obtained in that exam. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION PERIOD (100% Exam): In the supplementary sitting, assessment will be based solely on an examination covering the entire course content. The exam will account for 100 per cent of the final mark. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Charu C. Aggarwal Linear Algebra and Optimisation for Machine Learning Springer. 2020. ISBN: 3030403432 2. Eloy Vicente Cestero and Alfonso Mateos Caballero Artificial Intelligence: Mathematical, Algorithmic and Methodological Foundations 978-84-09-46911-6. 2023. ISBN: 8409469111 3. John D. Kelleher, Brian Mac Namee and Aoife D’Arcy Fundamentals of Machine Learning for Predictive Data Analytics, second edition: Algorithms, Worked Examples, and Case Studies The MIT Press. 2020. ISBN: 0262044692 4. Peter J. Brockwell (Author), Richard A. Davis Introduction to Time Series and Forecasting (Springer Texts in Statistics) 3rd ed. Springer International Publishing AG. 2016. ISBN: 9783319298528 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0442301 | Management and Production Models | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Management and Production ModelsCódigo: C0442301 Imprimir Course 4. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives Management and Production Models provides Mathematical Engineering students with a comprehensive overview of project management and production, combining mathematical techniques with agile methodologies such as Scrum and Kanban. The course will explore processes, tools and models applied to the planning, execution and optimisation of projects in various production environments. Throughout the module, students will develop the skills to: - Apply mathematical models to project management, inventory optimisation, task sequencing and queue management. - Implement agile methodologies using tools such as Jira and Figma to organise workflows and improve productivity. - Model and solve reliability, replacement and maintenance problems in various production contexts. - Understand and apply simulation models, including the generation of random numbers and variables for analysis and decision-making. - Integrate mathematical techniques with modern management approaches to improve efficiency and adaptability in production. This module combines theory and practice through applied case studies and software tools, equipping students to tackle the challenges of project management in industrial and technological environments. ------------------------- Management and Production Models provides Mathematical Engineering students with a comprehensive perspective on project management and production, combining mathematical techniques with agile methodologies such as Scrum and Kanban. The course explores processes, tools and models applied to project planning, execution and optimisation across different production environments. Throughout the course, students will develop the ability to: - Apply mathematical models to project management, inventory optimisation, task scheduling, and queueing systems. - Implement agile methodologies using tools such as Jira and Figma to organise workflows and improve productivity. - Model and solve reliability, replacement and maintenance problems in different production contexts. - Understand and apply simulation models, including the generation of random numbers and random variables for analysis and decision-making. - Integrate mathematical techniques with modern management approaches to improve efficiency and adaptability in production. The course combines theoretical and practical learning through applied case studies and software tools, preparing students to tackle the challenges of project management in industrial and technological settings. Prerequisites To get the most out of the course, it is recommended that students have a basic knowledge of applied mathematics, access to the Internet and proficiency in the use of digital tools, as well as familiarity with collaborative working environments./To get the most out of the course, students are expected to have a basic knowledge of applied mathematics, access to the Internet and proficiency in the use of digital tools, as well as familiarity with collaborative working environments. Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Learning outcomes RC1 – Develop data visualisation tools for large volumes of data in order to communicate the results of the analyses carried out on them, adapting them to different audiences, both technical and non-technical/ To develop visualisation tools for large volumes of data in order to communicate the results of the analyses carried out on them, adapting them to different audiences, both technical and non-technical. TYPE: Competences. RC2 – To identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competences. RC3 – To apply software programmes that solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competences. RC4 – To be able to plan and develop projects in the field of Mathematical Engineering. TYPE: Competences. RC5 – To have a critical and self-critical attitude to face the challenges of working as a mathematical engineer, and to demonstrate attitudes consistent with the ethical and deontological principles that govern scientific innovation and professional practice as a mathematical engineer./ to have a critical and self-critical attitude to face the challenges of working as a mathematical engineer, and to demonstrate attitudes consistent with the ethical and deontological principles that govern scientific innovation and professional practice as a mathematical engineer. TYPE: Competences. RC6 – To work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or economic constraints./ to work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or financial constraints. TYPE: Competences. RC7 – To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts./ To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competences./TYPE: Competences. RC8 – To assess the social impact and implications of solutions and proposals in mathematical engineering, ensuring compliance with quality standards and applicable project regulations. TYPE: Competences. RC9 – To formulate problems arising in a professional context using mathematical language, in a way that facilitates their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competences. RK3 – To understand the concepts of statistics and statistical inference in large datasets. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RK5 – To understand different simulation models, stochastic simulation, and the management and planning of logistics systems; and to solve cases involving production management and planning models using software. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS2 – To apply Data Science methods (management, machine learning) as part of the process of analysing large datasets in computing environments. TYPE: Skills. RS3 – To propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the intended objectives./ To propose, analyse, validate, and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, according to the intended objectives. TYPE: Skills. RS4 – To plan the resolution of a problem in accordance with the available tools and the constraints of time and resources. TYPE: Skills. RS5 – To use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills. Course description This module provides Mathematical Engineering students with a practical insight into project management and delivery using agile methodologies such as Scrum and Kanban. The use of digital tools such as Jira and Figma to plan, execute and monitor projects in production environments will be explored. Key concepts in project management will be covered, including agile planning, team management, process simulation and workflow optimisation, integrating mathematical approaches to decision-making and continuous improvement. GENERAL CONTENT Unit 1: Fundamentals of Project Management Introduction to project management: basic principles and historical development. Comparison between traditional and agile methodologies. Key roles in project management: Product Owner, Scrum Master and development team. Application of mathematical models in project management. Unit 2: Agile Methodologies and Management Tools Introduction to Scrum and Kanban: principles and differences. Using Jira for agile project management. Organising the backlog, prioritising tasks and planning sprints. Implementing Kanban and Scrum boards in Jira. Visual work management and workflow optimisation. Unit 3: Project Planning with Jira Creating and managing the backlog: epics, user stories and tasks. Task estimation and resource allocation. Developing the project schedule and monitoring progress. Workload analysis and optimisation of team performance. Unit 4: Project Execution and Monitoring Monitoring the team’s work using Jira. Using burn-down charts and cumulative flow diagrams. Quality control and risk management in agile projects. Incident resolution and reporting in Jira. Unit 5: Design and Prototyping with Figma Introduction to Figma as a prototyping tool. Creating wireframes and interactive prototypes. Team collaboration and real-time prototype review. Design documentation and preparation for development. Unit 6: Project Closure and Assessment Validation of deliverables and project closure. Evaluation of results and performance metrics. Reflection on processes and continuous improvement. Ethics and best practice in agile project management. METHODOLOGY The module is based on a practical approach, where students will directly apply the concepts to real-world projects using Jira and Figma. Active learning will be encouraged through simulations, case studies and teamwork. Theoretical classes will be combined with practical sessions using digital tools, ensuring an applied and dynamic learning experience. ------------------------- This course provides Mathematical Engineering students with a practical perspective on project management and production through agile methodologies such as Scrum and Kanban. It explores the use of digital tools such as Jira and Figma to plan, execute and monitor projects in production environments. Key project management concepts are covered, including agile planning, team management, process simulation and workflow optimisation, integrating mathematical approaches to support decision-making and continuous improvement. GENERAL CONTENTS Unit 1: Fundamentals of Project Management Introduction to project management: basic principles and historical development. Comparison between traditional and agile methodologies. Key roles in project management: Product Owner, Scrum Master and development team. Application of mathematical models to project management. Unit 2: Agile Methodologies and Management Tools Introduction to Scrum and Kanban: principles and differences. Use of Jira for agile project management. Backlog organisation, task prioritisation and sprint planning. Implementation of Kanban and Scrum boards in Jira. Visual work management and workflow optimisation. Unit 3: Project Planning with Jira Backlog creation and management: epics, user stories and tasks. Task estimation and resource allocation. Project scheduling and progress monitoring. Workload analysis and optimisation of team performance. Unit 4: Project Execution and Monitoring Monitoring team work using Jira. Use of burn-down charts and cumulative flow diagrams. Quality control and risk management in agile projects. Issue resolution and reporting in Jira. Unit 5: Design and Prototyping with Figma Introduction to Figma as a prototyping tool. Creating wireframes and interactive prototypes. Team collaboration and real-time prototype review. Design documentation and preparation for development. Unit 6: Project Closure and Evaluation Validation of deliverables and project closure. Evaluation of results and performance metrics. Reflection on processes and continuous improvement. Ethics and best practice in agile project management. METHODOLOGY The course takes a practical approach in which students will directly apply the concepts covered to real-world projects using Jira and Figma. Active learning will be encouraged through simulations, case-based problem-solving and teamwork. The course combines theoretical sessions with practical implementation activities using digital tools, ensuring an applied and dynamic learning experience. Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project development and challenge-based problem solving. AP4. Independent study, case and problem-solving, and literature search. AP5. Tutorials. AP6. Knowledge assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria ASSESSMENT SYSTEMS The assessment systems for this module are: - AS1: Practical activities - AS2: Final knowledge assessment tests - AS3: Portfolio ASSESSMENT CRITERIA The assessment methods described above are set out in the following assessment criteria: - There are two official examination sessions: the ordinary and the supplementary. +++REGULAR SESSION+++ The final mark for this sitting is the weighted average of a set of assessment tasks detailed below: -- Applied exercises/tests (SE3), accounting for 20 per cent of the final mark for the ordinary examination session, to be completed individually or in small groups during term time in class. -- Final project (SE1), to be carried out individually or in small groups during term time, accounting for 30 per cent of the final mark for the ordinary assessment period. -- Comprehensive examination (SE2), to be taken individually during the official ordinary examination period, covering the entire syllabus, and accounting for 50 per cent of the final mark for the ordinary examination period, provided that the minimum mark exceeds 4 out of 10. If this mark is not achieved, the final mark for the module will be a fail in the ordinary examination session. *** The module is considered passed in the ordinary examination period if the final mark is 5.0 or higher. +++EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD+++ If a student fails the course during the ordinary examination period, they may retake it during the extraordinary examination period, which carries a 100 per cent weighting and assesses the entire course content. The supplementary sitting will take place during the July examination period (for further information, please consult the virtual campus). It consists of a single examination covering the entire syllabus of the module. *** The module is considered passed in the supplementary examination if the final mark is 5.0 or higher, with a minimum of 5 in both parts. ------------------------- ASSESSMENT SYSTEMS The assessment systems for this course are: SE1: Practical activities SE2: Final knowledge assessments SE3: Portfolio ASSESSMENT CRITERIA The assessment methods described above are implemented through the following assessment criteria: - There are two official examination periods: the Ordinary Examination Period and the Extraordinary Examination Period. +++ORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD+++ The final mark for this examination period is the weighted average of the following assessment activities: -- Practical exercises/practical tests (SE3): 20 per cent of the final mark for the Ordinary Examination Period. These activities will be completed individually or in small groups during the teaching period in class. -- Final project (SE1): 30 per cent of the final mark for the Ordinary Examination Period. The project will be completed individually or in small groups during the teaching period. -- Comprehensive examination (SE2): 50% of the final mark for the Ordinary Examination Period. The examination will be sat individually during the official Ordinary Examination Period and will cover the entire course content. A minimum mark of 4 out of 10 must be achieved in this examination for the weighted average to be calculated. If this minimum mark is not achieved, the final mark for the course will be a Fail in the Ordinary Examination Period. *** The course is considered passed in the Ordinary Examination Period if the final mark is 5.0 or higher. +++EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD+++ If a student does not pass the course during the Ordinary Examination Period, they may sit the course examination during the Extraordinary Examination Period, in which the examination accounts for 100 per cent of the final mark and covers all the course content. The Extraordinary Examination Period will take place during the July examination period (for further information, please consult the virtual campus). It consists of a single examination covering all the course content. *** The course is considered passed during the Extraordinary Examination Period if the final mark is 5.0 or higher. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Chopra, Sunil; Meindl, Peter Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning, and Operation Pearson Education. 2022. ISBN: 9780132743952 2. Heizer, Jay; Render, Barry; Munson, Chuck Operations Management: Sustainability and Supply Chain Management (Also known in Spanish as ‘Principles of Operations Management’) Pearson Education. 2009. ISBN: 978-607-442-0 3. Nahmias, Steven; Olsen, Tava Lennon Production and Operations Analysis Waveland Press. 2021. ISBN: 978-147864766 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0442302 | Network optimisation | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Network optimisationCódigo: C0442302 Imprimir Course 4. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives - Correctly identifies various situations, such as network problems, and applies the appropriate model. - Understands and implements the appropriate algorithms to solve network problems. - Knows how to apply heuristic methods to combinatorial optimisation problems. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set for this module. However, it is strongly recommended that students have completed all the mathematics modules in the degree programme, as well as the programming modules from the first two years. Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Learning outcomes RC2 – Identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competencies. RC3 – Apply software to solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computing environment for each case. TYPE: Competencies. RC4 – Be able to plan and carry out projects in the field of Mathematical Engineering. TYPE: Competencies. RC6 – Work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or budgetary constraints. TYPE: Competences. RC7 – To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competencies. RC9 – Formulate problems from a professional context in mathematical language in a way that facilitates their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competencies. RK2 – Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operations research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS1 – Use mathematical language to formulate propositions in different fields and construct proofs for the problems posed. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS3 – Propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS5 – Use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS6 – Analyse texts in the field of mathematics with the aim of familiarising oneself with their structure and with scientific publications, including those in English. TYPE: Skills or competences. Course content Topic 1. Introduction to graph theory: graphs, trees and tree-like structures. Topic 2. The minimum path problem. Topic 3. Flow problems (maximum flow, minimum-cost flow, etc.). Topic 4. Paths in graphs: Eulerian and Hamiltonian cycles. Topic 5. Combinatorial optimisation problems. Teaching activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.2 Workshops and computer labs. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria There are two official assessment periods: the ordinary and the supplementary. The final mark for the module in the REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD will be calculated as a weighted average of projects and examinations as follows: - Continuous assessment (60%) + Mid-term exam (20%) + Project (20%) + Assignment submissions (20%) - Final exam (40%) The calculation of the final mark in the standard assessment period is conditional upon achieving a minimum mark of 4.0 out of 10 in the final exam. Once this requirement has been met, a weighted average will be calculated from all assessment activities and tests, even if any of them have been failed. If the mark obtained in the final exam is less than 4.0 out of 10, the final mark will be the mark obtained in that exam. The final mark for the module in the EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD will be calculated as a weighted average of projects and examinations as follows: - Continuous assessment (20%) + Project (10%) + Submission of exercises (10%) - Final exam (80%) SE1: Assignment submissions (10%), SE2: Project (10%) and SE3: Final exam (80%) Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Ana María Vieites Rodríguez, Felicidad Aguado Martín, Felipe Gago Couso, Manuel Ladra González, Gilberto Pérez Vega and Concepción Vidal Martín Graph Theory. Exercises and Solved Problems Ediciones Paraninfo. 2014. ISBN: 9788428337076 2.- José Niño Mora Introduction to Decision Optimisation: Methods and Models in Operational Research. Pirámide Publishers. 2021. ISBN: 9788436845280 Supplementary: 3.- Hillier, Frederick S. Operations Research 7th ed.: McGraw-Hill Interamericana. 2002. ISBN: 9701034864 4. Taha, Hamdy A. Operations Research 9th ed.: Pearson Education. 2012. ISBN: 9786073207966 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0442303 | Simulation of Logistics Systems | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Simulation of Logistics SystemsCódigo: C0442303 Imprimir Course 4. Subject: First term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The aim of this module is to provide students with the knowledge and tools necessary for the design and analysis of products, taking into account their structural and mechanical characteristics, material properties, reliability and manufacturing processes. It also aims to enable students to understand the fundamentals and methodology of finite element method (FEM) analysis, as well as its main applications, calculation procedures and the interpretation of results./The course aims to provide students with the knowledge and tools required for the design and analysis of products, taking into account their structural and mechanical characteristics, material properties, reliability and manufacturing processes. It also aims to enable students to understand the fundamentals and methodology of calculations using the Finite Element Method (FEM), as well as its main applications, calculation procedures and the interpretation of results. The aim is to develop the ability to analyse drawings and use computer-aided design systems and three-dimensional modelling techniques through specific software tools, as well as to apply the finite element method to the simulation of three-dimensional models. It also seeks to equip students to collect and manage the data required to solve design and simulation problems, and to address production management and planning models through the use of specialised software tools./The course is intended to develop students’ ability to analyse technical drawings and use computer-aided design (CAD) systems and three-dimensional modelling techniques through specialised software tools, as well as to apply the finite element method to the simulation of three-dimensional models. In addition, students will develop the ability to collect and manage the data required to solve design and simulation problems and to address production management and planning models using specialised software tools. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set for this module. However, it is highly recommended that students have taken or are currently taking the courses ‘Fundamentals of Engineering Physics’, ‘Differential and Difference Equations’, ‘Numerical Simulation’, and ‘Optimisation and Control Techniques’./No prerequisites have been established for this course. However, it is highly recommended that students have previously completed or are currently taking the courses Fundamentals of Engineering Physics, Differential and Difference Equations, Numerical Simulation, and Optimisation and Control Techniques. Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC1 – To develop tools for visualising large volumes of data in order to communicate the results of the analyses carried out on them, adapting them to different audiences, both technical and non-technical/ To develop tools for visualising large volumes of data in order to communicate the results of the analyses carried out on them, adapting them to different audiences, both technical and non-technical. TYPE: Competences. RC2 – To identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competences. RC3 – To apply software programmes that solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competences. RC4 – To be able to plan and develop projects in the field of Mathematical Engineering. TYPE: Competences. RC5 – To have a critical and self-critical attitude to face the challenges of working as a mathematical engineer, and to demonstrate attitudes consistent with the ethical and deontological principles that govern scientific innovation and professional practice as a mathematical engineer./ to have a critical and self-critical attitude to face the challenges of working as a mathematical engineer, and to demonstrate attitudes consistent with the ethical and deontological principles that govern scientific innovation and professional practice as a mathematical engineer. TYPE: Competences. RC6 – To work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or economic constraints./ to work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or financial constraints. TYPE: Competences. RC7 – To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts./ To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competences./TYPE: Competences. RC8 - To assess the social impact and implications of solutions and proposals in mathematical engineering, ensuring compliance with quality standards and applicable project regulations./ To assess the social impact and implications of solutions and proposals in mathematical engineering, ensuring compliance with quality standards and applicable project regulations. TYPE: Competences. RC9 – To formulate problems arising in a professional context using mathematical language, in a way that facilitates their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competences. RK3 – To understand the concepts of statistics and statistical inference in large datasets. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RK5 – To understand different simulation models, stochastic simulation, and the management and planning of logistics systems; and to solve cases involving production management and planning models using software. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS2 – To apply Data Science methods (management, machine learning) as part of the process of analysing large datasets in computing environments. TYPE: Skills. RS3 – To propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the intended objectives./ To propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the intended objectives. TYPE: Skills. RS4 – To plan the resolution of a problem in accordance with the available tools and the constraints of time and resources. TYPE: Skills. RS5 – To use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills. Description of the content 1. Introduction 1.1 Introduction to the module. 1.2 Review of basic concepts. • Design considerations. • Structural and mechanical properties of materials. • The concept of a rigid body and an elastic body. Assumptions. Stresses, loads and strains. • Key properties of materials: Young’s modulus, Poisson’s ratio. • Principal stresses and strains. Equivalent stresses. • Strength criteria for materials. • Reliability characteristics. • Maintenance considerations. • Manufacturing considerations. • Creativity in design. 2. System Modelling 2.1 Working environment and movements. • The CATIA working environment and key features. • Mechanical design module. 2.2 Sketcher. • Fundamentals and environments of the 2D sketching module. • References and constraints. • 2D drawing tools. 2.3 Part Design. • Fundamentals of 3D modelling. • Sketch-based features. • Dress-up features. • Multi-body design. 2.4 Materials and rendering. • Applying materials. • Rendering tool. 2.5 Exercises. 3. System simulation 3.1 Finite element method (FEM) simulation methodology. • Finite element method (FEM) methodology and calculation method. 3.2 Models and meshing. • Preparation of CAD models, import, simplifications, FEM model. • Meshing of parts. Meshing considerations. Selection of meshing type. 3.3 Structural-elastic module. • Application of loads and constraints to the model. • Convergence. Analysis of results. Validation of results. • Post-processing. 3.4 Modal analysis. • Implementation of loads and model constraints. • Convergence. Analysis of results. Validation of results. • Post-processing. 3.5 Thermal analysis. • Implementation of model loads and constraints. • Convergence. Analysis of results. Validation of results. • Post-processing. 3.6 Exercises. 4. Simulation of logistics and production processes 4.1 Simulation of logistics and production processes. 4.2 Exercises. ------------------------- 1. Introduction 1.1. Course overview 1.2. Review of basic concepts • Design considerations. • Structural and mechanical properties of materials. • Concepts of rigid and elastic solids. Assumptions. Loads, loading conditions and stresses. • Key material properties: Young’s modulus and Poisson’s ratio. • Principal stresses and strains. Equivalent stresses. • Material strength criteria. • Reliability characteristics. • Maintenance considerations. • Manufacturing considerations. • Creativity in design. 2. System Modelling 2.1. Work environment and movements • CATIA work environment and main functionalities. • Mechanical design module. 2.2. Sketcher • Fundamentals and working environments of the 2D sketching module. • References and constraints. • 2D drawing tools. 2.3. Part Design • Fundamentals of 3D modelling. • Sketch-based features. • Dress-up features. • Multi-body design. 2.4. Materials and rendering • Material application. • Rendering tools. 2.5. Exercises 3. System Simulation 3.1. Finite Element Method (FEM) simulation methodology Methodology and computational procedures based on the Finite Element Method (FEM). 3.2. Models and meshing • Preparation of CAD models, import, simplification and creation of the FEM model. • Part meshing. Meshing considerations. Selection of the appropriate meshing type. 3.3. Structural/elastic analysis • Application of loads and model constraints. • Convergence, analysis of results, and validation of results. • Post-processing. 3.4. Modal analysis • Application of loads and model constraints. • Convergence, analysis of results, and validation of results. • Post-processing. 3.5. Thermal analysis • Application of loads and model constraints. • Convergence, analysis of results, and validation of results. • Post-processing. 3.6. Exercises 4. Simulation of Logistics and Production Processes 4.1. Simulation of logistics and production processes 4.2. Exercises Teaching activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project development and challenge-based problem solving. AP4. Independent study, case and problem solving, and literature search. AP5. Tutorials. AP6. Knowledge assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria REGULAR EXAM SESSION: • Continuous assessment test 1 – 25% • Case study and presentation – 20% • Continuous assessment test 2 – 55% (must achieve a mark of >= 5) If students are required to sit the exam in the regular assessment period, this exam accounts for 80 per cent of the total mark. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION PERIOD: • Case study – 20% • Exam – 80% ------------------------- ASSESSMENT CRITERIA ORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD • Continuous Assessment Test 1 – 25% • Practical Case Study and Presentation – 20% • Continuous Assessment Test 2 – 55% (a minimum mark of 5/10 must be achieved) If the student is required to sit the examination during the Ordinary Examination Period, this examination accounts for 80% of the total mark. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD • Practical Case Study – 20% • Examination – 80% Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Eduardo Torrecilla Insagurbe The Great Book of CATIA Alfaomega Publishing Group. 2013. ISBN: 978-607-707-8 2. Singiresu S. Rao The Finite Element Method in Engineering Butterworth-Heinemann (Elsevier). 2011. ISBN: 978-1-85617-6 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| S0241404 | Business Economics | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Business EconomicsCódigo: S0241404 Imprimir Year 4 Course. First semester module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To provide students with the basic theoretical and practical knowledge enabling them to understand the nature of economic activity and, in particular, business activity. Course content Topic 1. The firm, the entrepreneur and the business environment. Topic 2. Business management and the decision-making process. Topic 3. The production function of the enterprise. Topic 4. The financial function of the business. Topic 5. Sales management. Marketing management. Topic 6. Business plans. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment in the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official examination period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Continuous assessment for the course consists of two parts: - On-campus activities (exercises, tests, etc.): 40% - Final exam in the regular examination period (on the date set by the university): 60% To pass the module in the regular examination session, students must achieve a mark of 5 or above in the continuous assessment (this will be averaged with a mark of 4 or above in the final examination). If the student meets these requirements, the final mark for the course in the main examination period will be calculated by adding together the marks obtained in each of the two parts of the continuous assessment, weighted accordingly. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION PERIOD: students who have not passed the module during the Ordinary Examination Period will have the opportunity to retake the module, choosing between the higher of the following two marks: 1. An exam covering the entire syllabus on the official date set by the university, which will account for 100% of the mark. 2. A resit of the continuous assessment within the deadline set by the lecturer for submitting the 40 per cent component (final assignment). In this case, the mark will be calculated in the same way as for the continuous assessment. Bibliography Essential: 1. Bueno Campos, E. Basic Course in Business Economics Pirámide. 2004. ISBN: 8436807790 2. Bueno Campos, E. Business Organisation: Structure, Processes and Models Madrid: Pirámide, 1997. 1997. ISBN: 8436809769 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| S0241406 | Operating Systems | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating SystemsCódigo: S0241406 Imprimir Course 4. Subject: First semester. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module presents the most important aspects of Operating Systems that students of Technical Engineering in Computer Systems need to know. The theoretical content begins with the basic concepts of physical machine architecture, before moving on to address the main structural and functional aspects that characterise modern operating systems. Throughout the course, the aim is for students to acquire a sound understanding of the main components that make up most operating systems and the way in which they are organised and carry out their respective functions. The module will examine operating systems both from the perspective of the services they offer to users and applications, and from the perspective of the administration and management tasks they perform on all system resources under their control. With regard to the first point, it is considered very important that students become familiar with the use of the application programming interface (API) provided by the operating system to request its services and functional capabilities. The aim will be to apply the knowledge acquired to two of today’s most popular operating systems: Linux and Windows. Prerequisites None Learning Outcomes CG1. To independently acquire new knowledge and techniques suitable for the design, development or operation of computer systems. CE1. To design and carry out IT projects using the principles and methodologies of engineering. CE3. Define, evaluate and select hardware and software platforms for the development and execution of computer applications and services of varying complexity. CE6. Design and develop centralised or distributed IT systems or architectures, integrating hardware, software and networks. CE7. Propose, analyse, validate, interpret, install and maintain IT solutions in real-world situations across various areas of application within an organisation. • Understand the generic architecture of operating systems: main components, their operation and how they interact. • Understand how the operating system manages and administers the system’s physical and logical resources. • Apply the tools and utilities provided by the operating system. • Design and implement programmes that utilise the programming API provided by the operating system to request its services. • Apply the concept of threads to application development. Learning outcomes • Understanding of concepts relating to the structure and operation of operating systems. • Design of processes that utilise the operating system’s services. • Design of multi-threaded and distributed applications. Course content Introduction to Operating Systems, Processes and Threads, Processor Scheduling, Communication and Synchronisation, Memory Management, File Management and I/O Learning activities 1) Classroom presentations on concepts relating to structured programming, object-oriented programming and algorithms, and problem-solving, enabling students to understand how to approach these topics, as well as other face-to-face group sessions such as discussion classes, group work, etc. 2) Laboratory activities of increasing difficulty, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to solve programming problems independently, as well as project proposals, guided internet searches, webquests and other sessions of a predominantly practical nature. 3) Independent study, report writing, practical work, etc., carried out by individual students or groups of students. 4) Assessment tests ECTS credit allocation ECTS credit allocation ECTS credit allocation ECTS credit allocation The allocation of ECTS credits for each of the learning activities listed above and for each of the modules is as follows: 1) 2) 3) 4) Total Operating Systems 1 1 3.5 0.5 6 Assessment system and criteria Regular and supplementary examination sessions The assessment of the module consists of two parts: * Continuous assessment mark on campus (exercises, tests, etc.): 40% Feedback exercises and tests: 16% + 8% Final assignment: 16% * Final exam: 60% IMPORTANT: The final mark will be calculated using the above weightings provided that the mark for the final exam is >=4 marks. Otherwise, 100% of the mark will be based on the mark obtained in that exam. Feedback exercises may be submitted up to and including the date of the ordinary examination. After this date, no further submissions will be accepted for inclusion in the marks for the supplementary examination, although the weighting for this component will still be applied. The same applies to the self-assessment tests, which may be completed up to, but no later than, the day before the date of the ordinary examination. The final assignment, however, may be submitted up to the date of the supplementary examination, should it be necessary to sit this examination. Bibliography Core: 1. Carretero, J. et al Operating Systems McGraw-Hill. 2007. ISBN: 9788448156435 2. Reinoso Peinado, A.J. Programming for Unix/Linux Operating Systems Publicep. 2007. ISBN: 9788483680339 Supplementary: 3.- Gary Nutt Operating Systems McGraw-Hill. 2004. ISBN: 8478290672 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 36 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| C0442304 | Big Data Science | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Big Data ScienceCódigo: C0442304 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The Big Data Science course provides an overview of the management and analysis of large volumes of data, covering everything from storage and processing to analysis and visualisation. It explores fundamental concepts, techniques for storing and processing data efficiently, and modern architectures that combine different processing approaches. It also covers methods for preparing, cleaning and transforming data, as well as techniques for analysing and interpreting results. Furthermore, ethical and legal issues relating to the use of data are discussed, and future trends in the field are analysed. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set for this module. However, it is advisable to have completed the other modules in the Data Science subject area, namely Data Management and Machine Learning, as well as all the programming modules on the degree programme. Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RC1 – Develop tools for visualising large volumes of data in order to communicate the results of analyses carried out on them, adapting them to different audiences, both technical and non-technical. TYPE: Competencies. RC2 – Identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competencies. RC3 - Apply software to solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competencies. RC4 – Be able to plan and carry out projects in the field of Mathematical Engineering. TYPE: Competencies. RC5 – Demonstrate a critical and self-critical attitude when facing the challenges of their work as a mathematical engineer, and possess the ability to adopt attitudes consistent with the ethical and deontological principles governing scientific innovation and professional practice as a mathematical engineer. TYPE: Competencies. RC6 – To work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or budgetary constraints. TYPE: Competencies. RC7 – Carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact within interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competencies. RC8 – Assess the social repercussions and impact of mathematical engineering solutions and proposals, ensuring compliance with quality standards and regulations applicable to the project. TYPE: Competencies. RC9 – Formulate problems from a professional context in mathematical language in such a way as to facilitate their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competences. RK2 – Master the basic concepts of discrete mathematics, logic, algorithms, coding, operational research and artificial intelligence, and their application to solving engineering problems. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RK3 – Understand the concepts of statistics and statistical inference in large data sets. TYPE: Knowledge or content. RS2 – Apply data science methods (management, machine learning) as part of the process of analysing large data sets in computing environments. TYPE: Skills or abilities. RS3 – Propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the objectives being pursued. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS4 – Plan the resolution of a problem in accordance with the available tools and time and resource constraints. TYPE: Skills or competences. RS5 – Use computer applications for statistical analysis, numerical and symbolic calculation, graphical visualisation, optimisation or other purposes to solve problems. TYPE: Skills or competences. Description of the content Topic 1. Introduction to big data management Topic 2. Data preparation and ETL design Topic 3. Fundamentals of Big Data Topic 4. Data architecture Topic 5. Big Data and emerging trends Topic 6. Data analytics. Design of visualisation systems. By the end of the course, students will be able to: - Introduction to Big Data: Understand the basic concepts, characteristics and challenges associated with managing large-scale data. - Data Preparation: Learn techniques for cleaning, transforming and integrating data using ETL processes to ensure data quality. - Fundamentals of Big Data: Become familiar with the key technologies, tools and principles of the Big Data ecosystem, alongside ethical and legal challenges. - Data Architecture: Design and analyse modern architectures such as data lakes, data warehouses and scalable, efficient hybrid systems. - Trends in Big Data: Identify technological advancements and how artificial intelligence drives analysis and innovation in the field of big data. - Data Analytics: Acquire the skills to interpret, validate and analyse data effectively to support decision-making. - Visualisation Systems: Design clear and useful visualisations that enable results to be communicated in a comprehensible and actionable way. Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive Classes. AP3.2 Workshops and computer labs. AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature reviews. AP5. Tutoring. AP6. Knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria REGULAR EXAM SESSION: case studies: 50 per cent; final exam covering the entire module (multiple-choice): 50 per cent. - The case studies will account for 50 per cent of the final assessment. - The multiple-choice test will account for 50 per cent of the final assessment. An average will be calculated between the use cases and the multiple-choice test provided that the mark for the latter is 4.0 out of 10.0 or higher; in this case, the student will pass even if they fail the use cases. *** Case studies: - Regular attendance at classes and scheduled activities. - Active participation in discussions and debates - Correct and complete completion of the case studies *** Questionnaire: standard examination. EXTRA SESSION: 100% final exam covering the entire course. In the supplementary assessment, the mark will be based solely on an exam covering the entire course content. The exam will account for 100 per cent of the final mark. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. AnHai Doan, Alon Halevy and Zachary Ives Principles of Data Integration Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc. 2012. ISBN: 9780124160446 2. Big Data: Principles and Best Practices of Scalable Real-Time Data Systems Nathan Marz et al Wiley India. 2015. ISBN: 9351198065 3. Foster Provost and Tom Fawcett Data Science for Business: What You Need to Know about Data Mining and Data-Analytic Thinking O’Reilly Media. 2013. ISBN: 9781449374266 4. Joe Reis and Matt Housley Fundamentals of Data Engineering: Plan and Develop Robust Data Systems Marcombo. 2023. ISBN: 8426736882 5. Kieran Healy Data Visualisation: A Practical Introduction Princeton University Press. 2018. ISBN: 0691181624 6. Martin Kleppmann Designing Data-Intensive Applications: The Big Ideas Behind Reliable, Scalable, and Maintainable Systems O’Reilly Media. 2017. ISBN: 1449373321 7. Tom White Hadoop: The Definitive Guide: Storage and Analysis at Internet Scale O’Reilly Media. 2015. ISBN: 1491901632 8. Wes McKinney Python for Data Analysis: Data Wrangling with Pandas, NumPy and Jupyter O’Reilly Media. 2022. ISBN: 109810403X |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0442305 | Planning and Management of Mathematical Engineering Projects | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Planning and Management of Mathematical Engineering ProjectsCódigo: C0442305 Imprimir Course 4. Subject: Second semester. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The course aims to provide students with the fundamentals, methods and tools necessary for the comprehensive planning and management of Mathematical Engineering projects, addressing their various phases and dimensions, including scope, time planning, costs, resources, quality, communications and risk management. It also aims to develop students’ ability to assess the economic viability of projects and to apply criteria relating to quality, regulations and the efficient management of resources./The course aims to provide students with the foundations, methods and tools required for the comprehensive planning and management of Mathematical Engineering projects, addressing their different phases and dimensions, including scope, scheduling, costs, resources, quality, communications and risk management. It also aims to develop students’ ability to assess the economic feasibility of projects and apply quality, regulatory and efficient resource management criteria. The aim is to equip students to carry out the functions inherent to project management, developing skills in leadership, decision-making, team management and conflict resolution in multidisciplinary and intercultural environments. It also seeks to develop the ability to apply management methodologies and tools to technological and R&D&I projects, integrating innovation and problem-solving strategies into their planning and execution./The course is designed to equip students with the skills required to carry out project management functions, developing competencies in leadership, decision-making, team management and conflict resolution in multidisciplinary and intercultural environments. In addition, students will develop the ability to apply project management methodologies and tools to technological and R&D and innovation projects, integrating innovation strategies and problem-solving approaches into their planning and execution. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established for this course. However, it is advisable that students have previously completed the course Management and Production Models./No prerequisites have been established for this course. However, it is advisable that students have previously completed the course Management and Production Models. Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Learning outcomes RC2 – To identify the different phases of the mathematical modelling process, distinguishing between formulation, analysis, solution and interpretation of results. TYPE: Competences. RC3 – To apply software programmes that solve mathematical and engineering problems, using the appropriate computational environment for each case. TYPE: Competences. RC4 – To be able to plan and develop projects in the field of Mathematical Engineering. TYPE: Competences. RC5 – To have a critical and self-critical attitude to face the challenges of working as a mathematical engineer, and to demonstrate attitudes consistent with the ethical and deontological principles that govern scientific innovation and professional practice as a mathematical engineer./ to have a critical and self-critical attitude to face the challenges of working as a mathematical engineer, and to have the ability to demonstrate attitudes consistent with the ethical and deontological principles that govern scientific innovation and professional practice as a mathematical engineer. TYPE: Competences. RC6 – To work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or cost constraints./ to work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or financial constraints. TYPE: Competences. RC7 – To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts./ To carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact on interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. TYPE: Competences./TYPE: Competences. RC8 - To assess the social impact and implications of solutions and proposals in mathematical engineering, ensuring compliance with quality standards and applicable project regulations./ To assess the social impact and implications of solutions and proposals in mathematical engineering, ensuring compliance with quality standards and applicable project regulations. TYPE: Competences. RC9 – To formulate problems arising in a professional context using mathematical language, in a way that facilitates their analysis and resolution. TYPE: Competences. RK5 – To understand different simulation models, stochastic simulation, and the management and planning of logistics systems; and to solve cases involving production management and planning models using software. TYPE: Knowledge or Content. RS3 - To propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the intended objectives./ To propose, analyse, validate and interpret the most appropriate mathematical models and tools in real-world situations, in accordance with the intended objectives. TYPE: Skills. RS4 – To plan the resolution of a problem in accordance with the available tools and the constraints of time and resources. TYPE: Skills. Description of the content - Context of Project Management. - Project Management processes. - Project Integration Planning and Management. - Project Scope Planning and Management. - Context of Project Management: An introduction to project management, its importance and its impact on engineering. - Project Management Processes: Management phases and methodologies, from project initiation to closure. - Project Integration Planning and Management: Coordination of the various elements and processes to ensure project coherence. - Project Scope Planning and Management: Defining, delimiting and controlling project objectives and deliverables. - Schedule Planning and Management: Strategies and tools for planning and controlling the project schedule. - Cost Planning and Management: Estimation, budgeting and control of project costs. - Quality Planning and Management: Application of standards and methodologies to ensure the quality of the project and its outcomes. - Communications Management: Strategies and tools to ensure effective communication amongst project stakeholders. - Human Resources Planning and Management: Allocation, development and management of the project team. - Leadership, Conflict Management and Staff Management: Skills in decision-making, motivation and conflict resolution within project teams. - Communications Planning and Management: Design and implementation of strategies for the effective transmission of information within the project. - Feasibility and Risk Management: Analysis of the project’s feasibility and implementation of strategies to mitigate risks. - Project Procurement Management: Managing the procurement of goods and services required for the project. - Presentation of Results: Techniques and tools for documenting and presenting the project’s progress and results. - R&D&I Projects: Management of research, development and innovation projects in technological and scientific environments. - Project Accounting: Accounting and financial principles applied to the financial management of projects. ------------------------- - Project Management Context. - Project Management Processes. - Project Integration Planning and Management. - Project Scope Planning and Management. - Project Management Context: An introduction to project management, its importance and its impact on engineering. - Project Management Processes: Project management phases and methodologies, from project initiation to closure. - Project Integration Planning and Management: Coordination of the various project components and processes to ensure project coherence. - Project Scope Planning and Management: Definition, delineation and control of project objectives and deliverables. - Schedule Planning and Management: Strategies and tools for project scheduling and schedule control. - Cost Planning and Management: Estimation, budgeting and control of project costs. - Quality Planning and Management: Application of standards and methodologies to ensure the quality of the project and its outcomes. - Communications Management: Strategies and tools to ensure effective communication amongst project stakeholders. - Human Resource Planning and Management: Allocation, development and management of the project team. - Leadership, Conflict Management and Personnel Management: Skills for decision-making, motivation and conflict resolution within work teams. - Communications Planning and Management: Design and implementation of strategies for the effective communication of project information. - Feasibility and Risk Management: Analysis of project feasibility and the application of risk mitigation strategies. - Project Procurement Management: Management of the procurement of goods and services required for the project. - Results Presentation: Techniques and tools for documenting and presenting project progress and outcomes. - R&D and Innovation Projects: Management of research, development and innovation projects in technological and scientific environments. - Project Accounting: Accounting and financial principles applied to the financial management of projects. Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project development and challenge-based problem solving. AP4. Independent study, case and problem solving, and literature search. AP5. Tutorials. AP6. Knowledge assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria REGULAR EXAM SESSION • Assignment + Presentation 30% (≥5) The use of generative AI for text is prohibited. • Continuous assessment test 1 – 20% • Continuous assessment test 2 (Final exam) – 50% (≥5) RE-SIT EXAM • Assignment 20% (≥5) The use of generative text AI is prohibited. • Final exam – 80% (≥5) ------------------------- ORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD • Assignment + Presentation – 30% (≥5) The use of generative AI for text generation is prohibited. • Continuous Assessment Test 1 – 20% • Continuous Assessment Test 2 (Final Examination) – 50% (≥5) EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD • Assignment – 20% (≥5) The use of generative AI for text generation is prohibited. • Final Examination – 80% (≥5) Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. José Juan Déniz Mayor Fundamentals of Financial Accounting: Theory and Practice Delta Publicaciones. 2007. ISBN: 978-84-96477- 2. Project Management Institute (PMI) A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide) – Seventh Edition and The Standard for Project Management Project Management Institute. 2021. ISBN: 978-1-62825-6 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0442306 | Final Year Project | OB | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Final Year ProjectCódigo: C0442306 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Compulsory. 12 credits. Profesores
Objectives The aim of the Final Year Project (FYP) in a university degree programme is to demonstrate the student’s ability to apply, in an integrated manner, the knowledge acquired throughout their degree to solve a specific problem, case study or project within their field of study. Through the Final Year Project, the aim is for the student to develop key skills such as research, critical analysis, scientific methodology and the communication of results, thereby contributing significantly to their professional development. Furthermore, the project must demonstrate academic rigour and originality, whether through a theoretical, experimental or applied approach. Prerequisites To enrol on the TFG, students must be in a position to complete, during the academic year in question, all the credits required to obtain the official degree. Special authorisation from the Vice-Chancellor will be required if the total number of credits for which the student intends to enrol, for the purposes of the preceding paragraph, exceeds one hundred and thirty per cent of the expected course load for the final year of the relevant degree programme. Competences Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RTFG – To independently carry out, present and defend a project in the field of Mathematical Engineering that synthesises and integrates the learning outcomes acquired throughout the degree programme, and to defend it publicly before a university examination board. TYPE: Competencies RODS – To develop effective communication, teamwork, analytical thinking, creativity and ethical leadership from a cross-disciplinary perspective, clearly inspired by democratic principles and values, as well as the for Sustainable Development, in order to conduct oneself with integrity in the professional sphere. TYPE: Competencies Description of the content An original piece of work carried out individually, consisting of a comprehensive project in the field of Mathematical Engineering of a professional nature, in which the skills acquired throughout the course are synthesised. Learning activities P4. Project development and problem-solving. P6. Tutoring. AP7. Preparation of the Final Year Project. AP8. Public oral defence. Assessment system and criteria Assessment of the Final Year Project requires the student to have previously passed all the Basic, Compulsory and Optional modules (in the latter case, chosen by the student) corresponding to the degree programme’s curriculum. It also requires the approval, with justification, of the thesis supervisor or, failing that, the Head of Studies for the degree programme. The assessment systems and criteria are as follows: SE6: Presentation and defence of the Final Year Project – 80% of the final mark. SE7: Assessment of the written report produced by the student for the TFG – 20% of the final mark. The ‘presentation and defence’ referred to in assessment system SE6 is held in public, that is, before an assessment panel. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| S0241409 | Networks | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NetworksCódigo: S0241409 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module examines the devices and standards that network administrators need to be familiar with of a computer network. It also covers the structure of network cabling and how it is organised, whilst also covering how dynamic routing works – a crucial aspect when the network grows becomes very large. A key focus of the course is IPv6 and the ongoing transition between IPv4 and IPv6, the changes this entails and the latest developments. Finally, there will be a comprehensive introduction to security in communications networks, with with a focus on cryptographic systems and encrypted communications. This is a 6 ECTS module, in which you will acquire the necessary skills to manage a network and its interconnection with others. You will also learn about the latest developments in IPv6 and how the transition to IPv6 is carried out. You will also learn the basic principles of cryptography and secure communications Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Skills • Understand the principles of communication protocols and layered architecture. • Design and develop centralised or distributed IT systems or architectures, integrating hardware, software and networks. • Design and implement a network structure involving interconnection devices. Learning outcomes • Producing reports on the design of communications network structures • Configure networks and communications services in accordance with specific criteria • Understand the concepts of communication protocols and layered network architecture Course content Unit 1. Introduction to local area networks and interconnection devices. Unit 2. LANs, backbone networks, VLANs and shared medium access protocols Unit 3. Structured cabling. Unit 4. Dynamic routing Unit 5. IPv6 Unit 6. ICT security. Introduction to cybersecurity. Learning activities The learning activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected learning outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Classroom presentations on concepts related to the topics covered in each subject and problem-solving exercises to enable students to understand how to tackle these issues, as well as other face-to-face group sessions such as discussion classes, group discussions, etc. 2) Carrying out practical case studies in small groups and other activities requiring the formation of student groups to undertake them. 3) Independent study, report writing, practical work, etc., carried out by individual students or groups of students. 4) Assessment tests. 5) Activities on virtual platforms: links to files and websites, self-assessment tests, participatory forums, essay assignments, chats, etc. Assessment system and criteria 1. Continuous assessment (virtual campus activities): 40% 1.1 Feedback exercises and tests: 16% + 8%. Students will be provided with two feedback exercises covering topics 1–3 and 4–6. 1.2 Final exercise: 16% 2. Final in-person exam: 60% IMPORTANT: The final mark will be calculated using the above weightings provided that the mark for the final exam is ≥4 marks. Otherwise, 100 per cent of the final mark will be based on the mark obtained in that exam. Addendum All teaching sessions will be delivered entirely online. These sessions will take place synchronously in the virtual classroom. Classes delivered online will be recorded. These recordings will remain available on the course’s virtual campus to enrolled students throughout the academic year, so that they can be viewed an unlimited number of times. The amendments and provisions set out in this section are provisional and may be subject to change as determined by the academic authorities or where circumstances so require. Bibliography Essential: 1. Tanenbaum, Andrew S. Computer Networks Mexico: Pearson Educación, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 9702601622 Others: 2.- Forouzan, Behrouz A. Data Transmission and Communications Networks Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill, 2007. 2007. ISBN: 844815617X |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 30 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
OPTIONAL SUBJECTS
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS |
|---|---|---|---|
| N/A | Elective | OP | 12 |
| TOTAL: | 12 | ||
Year 5
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| S0341401 | Systems Administration | OB | 6 | ||
Systems AdministrationCódigo: S0341401 Imprimir Course 5. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1) To independently acquire new knowledge and techniques suitable for the design, development or operation of computer systems. 2) To design and carry out IT projects using engineering principles and methodologies. 3) To define, evaluate and select hardware and software platforms for the development and execution of computer applications and services of varying complexity. 4) To design and develop centralised or distributed computer systems or architectures, integrating hardware, software and networks. 5) Propose, analyse, validate, interpret, install and maintain IT solutions in real-world situations across various areas of application within an organisation. Prerequisites None. Competencies CG1. Independently acquire new knowledge and techniques appropriate for the design, development or operation of IT systems. CE1. Design and carry out IT projects using engineering principles and methodologies. CE3. Define, evaluate and select hardware and software platforms for the development and execution of computer applications and services of varying complexity. CE6. Design and develop centralised or distributed IT systems or architectures, integrating hardware, software and networks. CE7. Propose, analyse, validate, interpret, install and maintain IT solutions in real-world situations across various areas of application within an organisation. • Understand the structural elements, network topologies, and the communication and synchronisation protocols and mechanisms used in distributed systems. • Assume responsibilities relating to information security and protection. Learning outcomes • Production of reports on the installation, configuration, optimisation and operational audit of an operating system. • Designing information security and protection policies. • Use tools for the administration and configuration of an operating system Course content Operating system installation and configuration, user management, disk and file system management, service configuration and management, service logging and auditing, administration tools, performance and optimisation, security elements Training activities 1) Classroom presentation of concepts relating to operating systems, discussion, exercises, etc. 2) Laboratory activities of increasing difficulty, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to solve problems independently, as well as project proposals, guided internet searches, webquests and other highly practical sessions. 3) Independent study, report writing, practical work, etc., carried out by individual students or groups of students. 4) Assessment tests Assessment system and criteria The module consists of 4 mid-term exams, weighted as follows: 1st Mid-term 20% 2nd Mid-term 30% 3rd Mid-term 25% The final exam accounts for 25 per cent. Students may optionally sit a final exam covering the course material. In addition, there are compulsory laboratory practicals, which account for 25 per cent of the mark. To pass the module, students must achieve 5 out of 10 marks. Students who do not achieve 5/10 marks must sit the entire course in the supplementary examination session. The supplementary examination may include questions on the entire syllabus, including laboratory practicals and course seminars. Addendum The public health crisis caused by the COVID-19 pandemic has led to the adoption of exceptional safety measures which, whilst aimed at preventing the spread of the virus, have inevitably affected the way in which lecturers and students interact in the context of face-to-face teaching. This has had an impact on the standard teaching timetable which, whilst the aforementioned measures remain in force, may be subject to change, affecting in particular teaching and assessment methods. In accordance with the provisions approved by the competent authority and in line with the agreements adopted by the governing bodies of the University and its faculties, the following outlines the extent to which teaching activities and the assessment systems and criteria for the module may be affected whilst the exceptional safety measures referred to in the previous paragraph remain in force. Teaching activities All teaching hours for face-to-face teaching activities will be delivered in full; however, the number of hours delivered physically in the classroom will be reduced by 40 per cent. These hours will be delivered synchronously via the virtual classroom. Classes delivered virtually will be recorded. These recordings will remain available on the course’s virtual campus to enrolled students throughout the academic year, so that they can be viewed an unlimited number of times. Should the exceptional circumstances give rise to measures restricting individual movement, the proportion of teaching hours delivered virtually will be increased. If this becomes necessary, provision has been made for 100 per cent of the weekly teaching hours to be delivered virtually. Assessment systems and criteria With regard to individual or group assignments for which a public oral presentation has been scheduled, such presentations will take place via the University’s virtual learning platform. Exams will be held in person in the physical classrooms designated for this purpose during the period set out in the University’s academic calendar. Only in the event that the authorities adopt mandatory measures restricting individual movement will exams be conducted remotely. The changes and provisions set out in this section are provisional and may be subject to change at the discretion of the academic authorities or where circumstances so require. --- Bibliography Essential: 1. Julio Gomez Operating Systems Administration RA-MA. 2006. ISBN: 847897699X Links Microsoft Tools for Students - Microsoft Tools for Students Oracle VirtualBox – Virtualisation environment for testing different operating systems |
|||||
| S0341402 | Software Engineering | OB | 6 | ||
Software EngineeringCódigo: S0341402 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The aim of the Software Engineering module is to enable students to acquire expertise in the use of the most widely used software development approaches. This module will therefore cover software life cycles, the development of requirements specifications, the analysis of the necessary data models, and the appropriate management of the quality and evolution of software products. Prerequisites None Learning Outcomes CG1. To independently acquire new knowledge and techniques suitable for the design, development or operation of computer systems. CE1. To design and carry out IT projects using the principles and methodologies of engineering. CE3. Define, evaluate and select hardware and software platforms for the development and execution of computer applications and services of varying complexity. CE5. Design, develop and maintain software systems and applications using various software engineering methods and programming languages appropriate to the type of application to be developed, whilst maintaining the required quality standards. CE6. Design and develop centralised or distributed IT systems or architectures, integrating hardware, software and networks. CE7. Propose, analyse, validate, interpret, install and maintain IT solutions in real-world situations across various areas of application within an organisation. CE8. Design, deploy, organise and manage IT systems and services in business or institutional contexts to improve business processes, taking responsibility for and leading their implementation and continuous improvement, as well as assessing their economic and social impact. · Design, develop and maintain software systems and applications using various software engineering methods. · Design and carry out IT projects using the principles and methodologies specific to engineering. · Define, evaluate and select software platforms for the development and execution of IT applications and services of varying complexity. · Apply software quality criteria in the development of applications. · Use professional-grade tools that support the development of software systems using a specific development methodology. Learning outcomes · Carry out the complete development of an IT system by applying analysis and design techniques that correspond to a methodological framework for software development · Understanding of different types of software development models and their application. · Use professional-grade tools that support the development of software systems using a specific development methodology. Course content Introduction to Software Engineering, Software Development Models, Analysis and Design Techniques, Quality in Computer Systems Development, Analysis and Design Languages. Learning activities The learning activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Classroom presentations on concepts relating to software engineering, project management and technology management, as well as face-to-face group sessions such as presentations, discussions, exercises, etc. 2) Practical work in small groups and other activities requiring the formation of student groups to carry them out. 3) Independent study, report writing, practical work, etc., carried out by individual students or groups of students. 4) Assessment tests. Allocation of ECTS credits 1) 1 2) 1 3) 3.5 4) 0.5 Assessment system and criteria Regular and supplementary examination sessions The assessment of the module consists of two parts: * Continuous assessment mark on campus (exercises, tests, etc.): 40% * Final examination: 60% Reading list Essential: 1. Pressman, Roger S. Software Engineering: A Practical Approach 7th ed. McGraw-Hill. 2010. ISBN: 9786071503145 Other: 2.- Sommerville, Ian Software Engineering Madrid: Pearson Education, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 8478290745 |
|||||
| S0341404 | Event-Driven Programming | OB | 6 | ||
Event-Driven ProgrammingCódigo: S0341404 Imprimir Course 5. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The aim of this module is to improve and refine the techniques students use in programming and testing applications. In particular, students will learn about event-driven programming, using the development of applications for Android devices as a basis. In the context of event-driven programming, the emergence of graphical user interfaces has seen event-driven programming grow in importance as these environments have become increasingly prevalent. The event-driven programming paradigm focuses primarily on the development of the user interface and is combined with other paradigms such as object-oriented programming. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been defined. Competencies CG1. To independently acquire new knowledge and techniques suitable for the design, development or operation of computer systems. CE1. To design and carry out IT projects using the principles and methodologies characteristic of engineering. CE5. Design, develop and maintain software systems and applications using various software engineering methods and programming languages appropriate to the type of application to be developed, whilst maintaining the required quality standards. CE6. Design and develop centralised or distributed computer systems or architectures, integrating hardware, software and networks. • Solve problems by applying abstraction • Develop IT projects of a certain complexity using engineering techniques • Design, implement and maintain IT projects that apply current software engineering techniques. • Use professional-grade programming tools Learning outcomes • Write programmes that utilise the various structures of modern programming languages • Produce reports on the development, implementation and testing of programmes • Debug programmes using a debugging environment • Use professional-grade tools for programming, debugging and testing programmes Course content The concept of event-driven programming, event handling strategies, event propagation, the structure of an event-driven application, APIs for creating graphical user interfaces, and graphical user interface programming. Training activities The learning activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Classroom presentations on concepts relating to databases, application usability and artificial intelligence techniques, as well as lectures, discussions, exercises, etc. 2) Laboratory activities of increasing difficulty that enable students to gradually develop the ability to solve problems independently, as well as project proposals, guided internet searches, webquests and other types of sessions of a predominantly practical nature. 3) Independent study, report writing, practical work, etc., carried out by individual students or groups of students. 4) Assessment tests Assessment system and criteria Assessment model for the standard and supplementary examination sessions 1) 60% Face-to-face examination. 2) 40% Continuous assessment on the online platform, broken down as follows: - 60% Final assignment - 40% Other assignments, exercises, tests, etc. The minimum mark required to sit the ordinary examination is 4. Reading list Core: 1. Mullet, Kevin Designing Visual Interfaces: Communication-Oriented Technology California: Sunsoft, 1995. 1995. ISBN: 0133033899 2. Preece, Jenny Human-computer interaction Wokingham, England: Addison-Wesley, 1994. 1994. ISBN: 0201627698 3. Redmond-Pyle, David Graphical user interface design and evaluation (guide): a p London: Prentice Hall, 1995. 1995. ISBN: 013315193X 4. Shneiderman, Ben User Interface Design: Strategies for an Inter Boston [etc.]: Addison Wesley, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 8420548030 5. Tidwell, Jennifer Designing Interfaces: [Patterns for Effective Interaction] Cambridge [etc.]: O. 2005. ISBN: 0596008031 |
|||||
| S0341405 | Advanced Operating Systems | OB | 6 | ||
Advanced Operating SystemsCódigo: S0341405 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module will enable students to: . Understand the main structural and functional characteristics of multiprocessing systems. • Understand the main aspects of operating systems relating to the management and administration of multiprocessing systems. . Understand the main multiprocessing systems (cell, grid, cluster) . To utilise multiprocessing to speed up the execution of applications: Parallel Programming. . Understand the main structural, functional and organisational characteristics of distributed systems. .To understand the different types of distributed systems. .Use programming elements related to distributed systems. .Use communication and synchronisation tools specific to distributed systems. .Learn the basics of shell scripting and the automation of administrative tasks Prerequisites None Competencies CG1. Independently acquire new knowledge and techniques suitable for the design, development or operation of computer systems. CE1. Design and carry out IT projects using engineering principles and methodologies. CE3. Define, evaluate and select hardware and software platforms for the development and execution of computer applications and services of varying complexity. CE6. Design and develop centralised or distributed IT systems or architectures, integrating hardware, software and networks. CE7. Propose, analyse, validate, interpret, install and maintain IT solutions in real-world situations across various areas of application within an organisation. • Install, configure and manage IT systems running on one or more operating systems. • Apply design techniques based on middleware and grid computing in the development of distributed applications. Learning outcomes Preparation of reports on the installation, configuration, optimisation and operational audit of an operating system. Design security and information protection policies. Use of tools for the administration and configuration of an operating system Course content Operating systems for multiprocessor environments, of multiprocessing, distributed and real-time systems Learning activities 1) Classroom presentations on concepts relating to structured programming, object-oriented programming and algorithms, and problem-solving, enabling students to understand how to tackle these topics, as well as other face-to-face group sessions such as discussion classes, group work, etc. 2) Laboratory activities of increasing difficulty, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to solve programming problems independently, as well as project proposals, guided internet searches, webquests and other highly practical sessions. 3) Independent study, report writing, practical work, etc., carried out by individual students or groups of students. 4) Assessment tests ECTS credit allocation ECTS credit allocation The allocation of ECTS credits for each of the learning activities listed above and for each subject is as follows: 1) 2) 3) 4) Total Operating systems 1 1 3.5 0.5 6 Assessment system and criteria Regular and supplementary examination sessions Assessment of the module consists of two parts: * Continuous assessment mark on campus (exercises, tests, etc.): 40% Feedback exercises and tests: 16% + 8% Final assignment: 16% * Final exam: 60% IMPORTANT: The final mark will be calculated using the above weightings provided that the final exam mark is >=4 marks. Otherwise, 100% of the final mark will correspond to the mark obtained in that exam. Feedback exercises may be submitted up to and including the date of the ordinary examination session. After this date, NO further submissions will be accepted for inclusion in the marks for the supplementary examination session, although the weighting for this component will still be maintained. The same applies to the self-assessment tests, which may be completed up to, but no later than, the day before the date of the ordinary examination session. The final assignment, however, MAY be submitted up to the date of the extraordinary examination session, should it be necessary to sit this session. Bibliography Core: 1. Coulouris, George Distributed Systems: Concepts and Design 3rd ed. Madrid [etc.]: Addison Wesley, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8478290494 |
|||||
| S0441404 | Information Society | OB | 6 | ||
Information SocietyCódigo: S0441404 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The main objective of this module is to examine the impact of ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) on society as a whole. The growth in the volume of available information and improvements in the ways we access it justify the widespread and generalised use of the term ‘Information and Knowledge Society’. The course covers topics such as: the evolution of society up to the current Information Society; changes brought about by ICT in the economy and the world of work; ethical values in the Information Society; laws and regulations; and new forms of knowledge development and management through ICT. Prerequisites None Learning outcomes CG1. Independently acquire new knowledge and techniques suitable for the design, development or operation of computer systems. CG2. To communicate effectively, both in writing and orally, knowledge, procedures, results and ideas relating to ICT and, specifically, computer science, whilst understanding their socio-economic impact. CG3. Understand the social, ethical and professional responsibilities – and, where applicable, civil liabilities – associated with the work of a Computer Science Engineer and their role within the field of ICT and the Information and Knowledge Society CE7. Propose, analyse, validate, interpret, install and maintain IT solutions in real-world situations across various areas of application within an organisation. CE8. Design, deploy, organise and manage IT systems and services in business or institutional contexts to improve business processes, taking responsibility for and leading their implementation and continuous improvement, as well as assessing their economic and social impact. · Understand the social, ethical and professional responsibilities – and, where applicable, civil liabilities – associated with the work of a Computer Engineer · Understand the influence that computing is exerting on society. · Communicate the impact that computer science is having on various socio-economic spheres. Learning outcomes · Producing reports on aspects of the impact of Computer Science in various socio-economic spheres · Understanding the most significant ways in which Computer Science is altering social structures and habits, and its impact on various socio-economic aspects. Course content TOPIC 1: Introduction to the Information Society. + The origins and evolution of the Information Society. + The information age: economic, social and cultural aspects. + The impact of the Internet and ICT on globalisation. + The digital divide: challenges for the Information Society. TOPIC 2: Knowledge management and work teams. + Knowledge management and innovation. + Planning, implementation and management of information systems. + Managing teams in information systems. + Case study: community management. + Case study: open-source software. TOPIC 3: Economic aspects of the Information Society. + Assessment of resources and investment: indicators and metrics. + Enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems. + Ecosystems, productivity and innovation management. + Data science, decision-making and visual communication. + Case study: opinion mining and stock market trading. + Case study: professional networks. TOPIC 4: Cultural industries and new digital content. + Management of cultural assets and content. + The transformation of cultural industries in the Information Society. + Case study: Regulation of intellectual property rights. + Case study: Management of documentary archives. TOPIC 5: ICT laws and regulations. + Legislation and regulation in the field of ICT. + Ethical values in the Information Society. + Case study: Protection of personal data. + Case study: International cybercrime. Training activities 1) Classroom presentations on concepts relating to the information society and the influence of information technology on society, as well as the various structures of business organisation; in addition, other face-to-face group sessions such as discussion classes, group discussions, etc. 2) Carrying out practical case studies in small groups and other activities requiring the formation of student groups to undertake them. 3) Independent study, report writing, practical work, etc., carried out by individual students or groups of students. 4) Assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria Continuous assessment. Regular assessment period: The assessment of the module consists of two parts: * Continuous assessment mark on campus (exercises, tests, etc.): 40% * Final exam (for which a minimum mark of 5 is required): 60% The weighting of the final mark based on the above percentages will apply provided that the final exam mark is >= 5. Supplementary examination session: Exam: 100% of the final course mark. Bibliography Core: 1.- - The Second Digital Divide Madrid: Cátedra [etc.], 2008. 2008. ISBN: 9788437624754 2.- - Terminology and the Knowledge Society Bern: Peter Lang, 2009. 2009. ISBN: 9783039115938 3.- Alonso, Andoni; Arzoz, Iñaki The New City of God: A cybercultural game on techno-hermeticism Siruela. 2002. ISBN: 847844551X 4. Amin, S Capitalism in the Information Age Paidós Iberica. 1999. ISBN: 8449306388 5. Aronowitz, Stanley; Martinsons, Barbara; Menser, Michael Technoscience and Cyberculture: The Interrelationship between Culture, Technology and Science Paidós Multimedia. 1998. ISBN: 8449304962 6. Barrett, Neil The State of Cybernation: Cultural, Political and Economic Consequences of the Internet Flor del Viento. 1998. ISBN: 8489644314 7. Briz, Julián The Internet and E-commerce: Characteristics, Strategies Madrid: ESIC: Mundi-Prensa, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8471149923 8. Bustamante, Javier The Information Society: A Dehumanised Society? : A Critical View of the Influence of Technology on Society in the Computer Age Gaia. 1993. ISBN: 8488242077 9. Carrascosa, José Luis Informaccion: from the industrial age to the information society Espasa Calpe. 1991. ISBN: 8486743346 10. Castells, Manuel The Information Age: Economy, Society and Culture. The Power of Identity. Vol. II Alianza. 2006. ISBN: 8420642460 11. Castells, Manuel; Himanen, Pekka The Welfare State and the Information Society. The Finnish Model The Network Society series. Alianza Editorial. 2002. ISBN: 8420691038 12. Chomsky, Noam The New World Order (and the Old) Crítica. 2003. ISBN: 8484323056 13. Civit Alaminos, Cristina Implementing Teleworking in the Workplace Barcelona: Gestión 2000, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 8480883820 14. Cornella, Alfons Towards the Networked Organisation Ediciones Gestión 2000 S.A., 2000. ISBN: 8480888377 15. Cornella, Alfons Infonomia! com: Intelligent Information Management in Organisations Deusto S.A. Editions. 1999. ISBN: 8423419576 16. Eco, Umberto Apocalyptic and Integrated Nuevas Ediciones de bolsillo. 2001. ISBN: 8497933869 17. Flores Vivar, Jesús Cyberjournalism: New Approaches, Concepts and Professions and Madrid: Ediciones 2010; Mexico City: Limusa, 2nd ed. 2001. ISBN: 9681862384 18. García Blanco, José María; Navarro, Pablo Beyond Modernity? The Dimensions of Information, Communication and New Technologies Academia Collection. CIS. 2002. ISBN: 8474763355 19. Gubern, Roman Electronic Eros Taurus Ediciones. Santillana Group. 2000. ISBN: 8430603719 20. Horrocks, Christopher Marshall McLuhan and Virtuality Gedisa. 2004. ISBN: 8497840372 21. Joaquín Estefanía Dictionary of the New Economy Planeta. 2001. ISBN: 8408040480 22. Joyanes Aguilar, Luis Cyber-society: Social Challenges in a New Digital World McGraw-Hill. 1997. ISBN: 8448109430 23. Martínez López, Francisco José Marketing in the Knowledge Society: Keys to E-Marketing Madrid: Delta, 2007. 2007. ISBN: 9788496477544 24. Mateu de Ros, Rafael; López-Monís Gallego, Mónica Internet Law: The Law on Information Society Services and Electronic Commerce Cizur Menor [Navarre]: Thomson: Aranzadi, cop. 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8497671074 25. Mayans and Panels, Joan Chat Genre, or How Ethnography Set Foot in Cyberspace Gedisa. 2002. ISBN: 8474325722 26. Moreno, Isidro Muses and New Technologies: The Hypermedia Narrative Paidós Iberica. 2002. ISBN: 8449312949 27. Ortega, J.A. New Technologies for Education in the Digital Age Pirámide. 2007. ISBN: 843682086X 28. Roberto Velasco The digital economy: from myth to reality Tusquest Editores S.A. 2002. ISBN: 8483108550 29. Suárez Suárez, Andrés S The New Economy and the New Society Pearson Education. 2001. ISBN: 842053319X 30. Vidal Beneyto, José The Global Window: Cyberspace, the Global Public Sphere and the Media Universe Taurus. 2002. ISBN: 8430604642 |
|||||
| S0441416 | Networks and platforms for large-scale information processing | OB | 6 | ||
Networks and platforms for large-scale information processingCódigo: S0441416 Imprimir Course 5. Subject. First term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
|
|||||
| TOTAL: | 36 | ||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH TERM
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| S0341406 | Network Administration | OB | 6 | ||||
Network AdministrationCódigo: S0341406 Imprimir Course 5. Second-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Skills • Configure network services and test that they are working correctly. • Use network administration tools Learning outcomes Configuration of networks and communications services in accordance with specific criteria Understand network administration issues and the most common solutions to them. Using network administration tools. Training activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Classroom presentations on concepts related to the topics covered in each subject and problem-solving exercises to enable students to learn how to tackle these issues, as well as other face-to-face group sessions such as discussion classes, group work, etc. 2) Carrying out practical case studies in small groups and other types of activities requiring the formation of student groups to undertake them. 3) Independent study, report writing, practical work, etc., to be carried out by the student or a group of students. 4) Assessment tests. 5) Activities on virtual platforms: links to files and websites, self-assessment tests, discussion forums, essay assignments, chats, etc. Bibliography Core: 1. Cisco Fundamentals of Networking: CCNA E Practical Guide Madrid: Pearson Educación: Cisco Press, 2008. 2008. ISBN: 9788483224755 2. Tanenbaum, Andrew S. Computer Networks Mexico: Pearson Education, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 9702601622 |
|||||||
| S0341407 | Computer Architecture | OB | 6 | ||||
Computer ArchitectureCódigo: S0341407 Imprimir Course 5. Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module aims to cover complex processor architectures, including the hardware and software components that make up today’s computer systems. The approach taken is to analyse computer architectures from a quantitative rather than a design perspective; to this end, the course begins by studying the main techniques used to facilitate performance analysis, techniques which will be applied throughout the course to analyse the architectural elements under study. This is an advanced course in computer architecture, designed to provide students with a comprehensive understanding of how a computer architecture functions, enabling them, as engineers, to grasp the principles required to assess the suitability of a given architecture for any field of application. To this end, elements found in modern architecture are studied in detail: multiprocessors, memory hierarchies, virtual memory management systems and RISC architectures. The course objectives are as follows - To understand the concepts involved in modern computer systems. - To be able to carry out a critical evaluation of the performance of such systems in order to assess their suitability for a specific field of application. - To be able to obtain the best performance from these systems. - To be familiar with technological trends in hardware. - To be familiar with basic systems programming techniques. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Skills • Understand the main hardware characteristics that affect the configuration and design of computer systems. • Define and evaluate the hardware required to undertake IT projects of varying complexity Learning outcomes • Producing hardware configuration reports for computer systems that meet specific criteria. • Understand the factors involved in assessing hardware performance and their application to computer systems. • Knowledge of new hardware components and storage systems Course content Design technologies. Storage systems. Computer performance. Configuration assessment. Learning activities The learning activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Classroom presentations on concepts relating to the topics covered in each subject and problem-solving exercises to enable students to understand how to tackle these issues, as well as other face-to-face group sessions such as discussion classes, group work, etc. 2) Carrying out practical case studies in small groups and other types of activities requiring the formation of student groups to undertake them. 3) Independent study, report writing, practical work, etc., carried out by individual students or groups of students. 4) Assessment tests. 5) Activities on online platforms: links to files and websites, self-assessment tests, discussion forums, essay assignments, chats, etc. Assessment system and criteria Regular and supplementary assessment sessions Assessment for this module consists of two parts: * Continuous assessment mark on campus (exercises, tests, etc.): 40% * Final exam: 60% IMPORTANT: The final mark will be calculated using the above weightings provided that the final exam mark is >=4 marks. Otherwise, 100% of the final mark will be based on the mark obtained in that exam Bibliography Essential: 1. Fernández Fernández, Gregorio Computer Course: Basic Concepts of Architecture and S Madrid: Publications Service of the ETS de In., 2005. ISBN: 8474023122 2. Patterson, David A. Computer Organisation and Design: The Hardware/Software Interface San Francisco, Cal. [etc.]: Morgan Kaufmann [etc.], 2005. ISBN: 1558606041 |
|||||||
| S0341421 | Human-computer interaction | OB | 6 | ||||
Human-computer interactionCódigo: S0341421 Imprimir Course 5. Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
|
|||||||
| S0441405 | Business Administration and Management | OB | 6 | ||||
Business Administration and ManagementCódigo: S0441405 Imprimir Course 5. Subject: Second term. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To understand and learn about the nature, content and purpose of organisational work within a company Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Competencies • To devise and understand the organisational strategies that may be implemented within an organisation or a company. • Understand the elements involved in business processes and the impact of information technology on them. Learning outcomes • Producing reports that enable the design of organisational strategies within a company or organisation. • Understand the concepts of business organisation and the most common organisational structures. Course content Topic 1 Business Organisation: Company case studies 1.1 Zara: Organisational size, growth and life cycles 1.2 HP: Innovation, strategic change and organisational learning 1.3 Indra: Organisational technology 1.4 El Corte Inglés: The global environment of organisations 1.5 Silicon Valley: Organisational Culture 1.6 Renfe: Power and politics: organisations as political entities 1.7 Sears: Information and organisational decision-making 1.8 Telepizza: Strategic organisational design models Topic 2 Business Administration: Accounting and Finance 2.1 Estimating the cash flows of an investment project 2.2 Comparison between the NPV method and approximate methods 2.3 Reinvestment of cash flows in NPV and IRR 2.4 Evaluation of an investment project based on incremental cash flows 2.5 Application of the NPV method 2.6 Application of NPV to simple investment projects 2.7 Non-simple investment projects: inconsistency of the internal rate of return 2.8 Comparison of the NPV and IRR criteria in heterogeneous projects 2.9 Choosing between investment projects of different durations Topic 3 Business Strategies: Marketing and Human Resources 3.1 Florentino Pérez 3.2 Simply brilliant 3.3 Critical path 3.4 The Goal 3.5 Why We Buy 3.6 Funky Business 3.7 Jack Welch 3.8 Emotional Intelligence 3.9 The Seven Habits of Highly Effective People Training activities 1) Classroom presentation on concepts relating to the information society of the information society and the influence of IT on society, the various business organisational structures, as well as other face-to-face group sessions such as discussion classes, group discussions, etc. 2) Carrying out practical case studies in small groups and other types of activities that require the formation of student groups to carry them out. 3) Independent study, report writing, practical work, etc., as independent work by the student or a group of students. 4) Assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University shall be the sole assessment criterion, with the corresponding weighting as specified in the course syllabus. ---- Ordinary and supplementary examination sessions The assessment of the course consists of two parts: * Continuous assessment mark on campus (exercises, tests, etc.): 40% * Final exam: 60% Reading list Essential: 1.- Introduction to Business Administration Madrid: Civitas, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 844702198X 2.- Suárez Suárez, Andrés S. Corporate Finance Madrid: Pirámide, 1990. 1990. ISBN: 8436803817 |
|||||||
| S0441406 | Technology Management | OB | 3 | ||||
Technology ManagementCódigo: S0441406 Imprimir Course 5. Second-term module. Compulsory. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives The recent rapid technological development, and in particular that of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT), is having a decisive impact on businesses – not only those that develop equipment and solutions based on these technologies, but also those that are advanced users of such equipment and solutions. Businesses are facing an unstoppable process of integrating technological solutions, relying on professionals who frequently lack the necessary skills to manage the technical aspects of the systems implemented; as a result, these systems often become sources of ongoing problems, and partial solutions are adopted that are not in line with the company’s strategic direction. Moving down from strategic and business planning, there arises a need to establish a technology strategy and information systems that meet the functional needs and requirements of an organisation. This module aims to train current and future managers of companies and organisations, as well as professionals with a strong background in specific techniques for managing Information and Communication Systems, so that they can effectively lead the departments responsible for defining and operating these systems. To this end, the module focuses on explaining the theoretical and practical principles of technology management in a business environment and its social impact, and on enabling students to develop a technology plan as a practical case study. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set Learning Outcomes • To design, deploy, organise and manage IT systems and services in business or institutional contexts. • Use professional-grade tools to support the planning and management processes of an IT project Learning outcomes - Producing reports that analyse and develop case studies on technology management within organisations. - Understanding the factors that determine technology management in a business environment. Course content 1. The organisation and technology management a. Introduction b. What is the technological environment? c. Mastery of technology d. Technological leaps and learning curves e. Technological positioning 2. Information Technology in business a. Innovation in ICT b. Technology procurement management c. Management of technology use d. Technology transfer e. Technology commercialisation 3. Technology plan and ICT project management a. Business model analysis b. Technology and Information Plan c. Technology watch Training activities The training activities to be carried out to ensure that students acquire the intended competences during this module and are able to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Classroom presentations on concepts relating to the topics covered in each subject and problem-solving exercises to enable students to understand how to tackle these concepts, as well as other face-to-face group sessions such as discussion classes, group discussions, etc. 2) Carrying out practical case studies in small groups and other activities requiring the formation of student groups to undertake them. 3) Independent study, report writing, practical work, etc., carried out by individual students or groups of students. 4) Assessment tests. 5) Activities on virtual platforms: links to files and websites, self-assessment tests, participatory forums, essay-based assignments, chats, etc. Assessment system and criteria Ordinary and supplementary examination sessions Assessment for this module consists of two parts (a mark of at least 4 in the final exam is required for the following percentages to apply): - Continuous assessment mark on campus (exercises, tests, etc.): 40% * Exercises and tests for the units: 40% * Final course assignment: 60% - Final exam for the assessment period: 60% Bibliography Supplementary: 1. Bernal-Jiménez, M. C., Information and communication technologies as a factor in innovation and business competitiveness. Scientia et technica, 24(1), 85–96. 2019. 2.- Bollás Sánchez, R. L., Analysis of models of technology watch and competitive intelligence in R&D&I projects. Art. 2021. 3. – Escorsa i Castells, P., Technology and innovation in business Art. 2021. 4.- Londoño, J. A., Restrepo, S. M. V., Rodríguez, M. E. V., Cuartas, F. D. J. F., Identification of types, models and mechanisms of technology transfer that drive innovation. CINTEX Journal, 23(2), 13–23. 2018. 5. – Terán Bustamante, A., Dávila Aragón, G., Technology and innovation management: a Bayesian network model Economics: Theory and Practice, (50), 63–100. 2019. |
|||||||
| S0441407 | Final-Year Project | OB | 15 | ||||
Final-Year ProjectCódigo: S0441407 Imprimir Course 5. Subject: Second term. Compulsory. 15 credits. Profesores
Objectives The main objective of the module is to carry out an original project to be presented and defended before a university examination board, consisting of a comprehensive project in the field of Computer Engineering of a professional nature, which synthesises the skills acquired in the other modules of the degree programme, or an innovative piece of work involving the development of an idea, a prototype, or a model of a piece of equipment or system, within one of the degree programme’s areas of specialisation. Prerequisites Students enrolled on this module may not present or defend their Final Year Project until they have passed the remaining compulsory ECTS credits required to complete the degree. Competencies The main learning outcomes of this module are aimed at enabling students to acquire the general skills and competences described in the degree programme’s objectives, together with specific career-oriented skills. Learning Outcomes The outcome of the student’s work in this module will consist of the submission of a Final Year Project report, comprising a detailed account of all the work carried out during the time dedicated to the project, including, amongst other sections, the background to the problem, a selection of alternative solutions, a detailed presentation of the solution implemented, conclusions and a bibliography. Description of the content The Final-Year Project must demonstrate the student’s acquisition of the general and specific competences of the degree programme through the design and development of a computer system or IT project of sufficient complexity, focusing efforts on hardware, software or both, in an environment as close as possible to real-world conditions. Learning activities The learning activities will be aimed at enabling the student to undertake a professional engineering project. They will therefore consist mainly of the following: • Personalised supervision of the project to provide students with the information needed to complete it in accordance with the objectives set at the outset. • Independent work, research, writing, etc. • Assessment tests Assessment system and criteria At the request of the University’s Secretary-General, a Committee shall be appointed to assess each Final-Year Project, comprising two University lecturers and the project supervisor. The Committee shall act in accordance with the rules governing collegiate bodies; it shall assess the project submitted for its consideration and award the corresponding mark and grade, which shall be recorded in a transcript. This document shall be forwarded to the Students’ Office, which shall include a copy of it in the student’s file Bibliography Other: 1.- Brice-Arnaud Guérin IT Project Management: Development, Analysis and Control ENI Editions. 2018. ISBN: 2409016405 2. David López, José Ramón Rodríguez, Juan José González Management of IT (and non-IT) Project Programmes UOC Press. 2019. ISBN: 8491804773 3. Ester Chicano Tejada IT Security Auditing. IFCT0109 IC Editorial. 2015. ISBN: 8416433232 4. Francisco Sergio Cobos Jiménez Multimedia Publishing Projects. ARGN0110 IC Editorial. 2017. ISBN: 841722453X 5. Gabriel Baca Urbina Information Systems Projects Grupo Editorial Patria. 2015. ISBN: 6077442593 6. González Ferran, Xavier; Rodríguez Bermúdez, José Ramón; Guitart Hormigo, Isabel How to Plan a Business Intelligence Project? UOC Publishing. 2016. ISBN: 8491163247 |
|||||||
| TOTAL: | 42 | ||||||
List of Elective Modules
ANNUAL COURSES
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| C0442333 | Work Placements | OP | 12 | ||
Work PlacementsCódigo: C0442333 Imprimir Year 4. Annual module. Elective. 12 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the External Academic Placements are: - To apply the knowledge and skills acquired during the Bachelor’s Degree in Mathematical Engineering in a professional setting. - To independently, responsibly and systematically develop activities and projects specific to mathematical engineering. - To gain experience in teamwork and collaboration within interdisciplinary professional contexts. - To develop a critical and ethical approach to the problems and challenges of professional practice, assessing the impact of proposed solutions. Prerequisites There are no specific prerequisites for enrolment on this module. However, given its eminently professional nature and the skills developed through it—relating to the application of acquired knowledge in a workplace setting, independent and organised work, collaboration within interdisciplinary teams, and the assessment of the impact of mathematical engineering solutions— the External Academic Placements are designed for students in the final stage of their studies and are generally undertaken during the final year of the degree programme. Skills RC5 – Demonstrates a critical and self-critical attitude when addressing the challenges of their work as a mathematical engineer, and has the ability to demonstrate attitudes consistent with the ethical and professional standards governing scientific innovation and as a mathematical engineer. RC6 – To work independently and in an organised manner to develop solutions to the various problems that may arise in the field of mathematical engineering, subject to strict time or budgetary constraints. RC7 – Carry out work and projects related to mathematical engineering that have an impact within interdisciplinary teams or in multicultural contexts. RC8 – Assess the social repercussions and impact of mathematical engineering solutions and proposals, ensuring compliance with quality standards and regulations applicable to the project. RPAE – Apply the knowledge acquired in a work environment to manage tasks with a sense of responsibility and to work as part of a team with initiative and motivation. Learning outcomes Not applicable. Description of the content The content of the external work placements to be undertaken by the student will be based on work experience at a centre that is already linked to the University through an agreement which expressly includes external work placement activities at that centre. The chosen topic will be finalised before the student’s placement begins and may relate to various professional aspects within the scope of the subjects comprising the degree programme. Training activities AP2. Interactive classes . AP4. Independent study, case studies, problem-solving and literature review. AP5. Tutoring . AP9. Placement at the work placement centre . Assessment system and criteria SE6. Report from the external academic placement supervisor (40 per cent). The supervisor at the organisation (company, hospital, centre, etc.) carries out an objective assessment of the student’s performance at the placement centre, following a previously designed and published assessment rubric. SE7. Report by the academic supervisor of the external academic placements (30 per cent). The academic supervisor for the external work placement carries out an assessment of the student’s performance during the placement period, taking into account attendance at supervision sessions, adherence to the placement plan, the student’s willingness to engage proactively in the tasks carried out, etc. SE8.- Assessment of the external academic placement report (30%). The academic supervisor for the external academic placements carries out an objective assessment of the student’s placement report, following a previously designed and published assessment rubric. The placement report consists of a report that the student must write and submit to their academic tutor once they have completed their training period at a specific organisation (company, hospital, centre, etc.). Writing the report allows the student to reflect on what they have learnt and serves as evidence of how they have made the most of their training hours. |
|||||
| TOTAL: | 12 | ||||
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| C0442330 | Time Series Data Analysis | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Time Series Data AnalysisCódigo: C0442330 Imprimir Course 4. Subject. First term. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The course aims to provide students with theoretical and practical training in the statistical analysis of time series data, developing their ability to represent, describe and interpret time series, identify their main components, and apply smoothing and decomposition techniques to study their dynamics./The course aims to provide students with theoretical and practical training in the statistical analysis of time series data, developing their ability to represent, describe and interpret time series, identify their main components, and apply smoothing and decomposition techniques to study their dynamics. Furthermore, the course aims to equip students to formulate, estimate and validate classical time series models, including autoregressive, moving average and ARIMA models, as well as their seasonal extensions, and to use them in making and evaluating short- and medium-term forecasts. All of this is achieved through the use of statistical tools and specialised software applied to the analysis of real-world data in different contexts./The course is also intended to equip students with the skills required to formulate, estimate and validate classical time series models, including autoregressive, moving average and ARIMA models, as well as their seasonal extensions, and to use these models to generate and evaluate short- and medium-term forecasts. All of this is carried out using statistical tools and specialised software applied to the analysis of real-world data in different contexts. Prerequisites Students wishing to enrol on this module are advised to have passed all previous statistics modules on the degree programme (Statistical Analysis, Applied Statistics and Stochastic Calculus). It is also advisable to have a basic knowledge of linear algebra and a general grounding in single-variable differential calculus. Familiarity with programming tools or statistical software—such as Python, R, etc.—is recommended, as these will be used in model estimation and the analysis of real-world data.Students wishing to enrol in this course are advised to have successfully completed all previous statistics courses in the degree programme (Statistical Analysis, Applied Statistics and Stochastic Calculus). A basic knowledge of linear algebra and a general background in single-variable differential calculus are also advisable. Familiarity with programming tools or statistical software is recommended, as these will be used for model estimation and the analysis of real-world data, including Python, R, etc. Learning Outcomes Not applicable./Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RKOP 1 Classify time series based on fundamental criteria and perform a descriptive analysis of their behaviour. TYPE: Knowledge or Content. RKOP 2 Explain the main objectives of time series analysis, distinguishing between retrospective analysis, structural understanding and forecasting. TYPE: Knowledge or Content. RKOP 3 Decompose a time series into its fundamental components (trend, seasonality, cycle and noise), applying appropriate decomposition techniques. TYPE: Knowledge or Content. RSOP 1 Interpret time series graphs, identifying visual patterns and key structural elements in data over time. TYPE: Skills. RSOP 2 Analyse and estimate the trend component of a time series using both deterministic and evolutionary approaches. TYPE: Skills. RSOP 3 Apply seasonal differentiation techniques, understanding their role in stabilising variance and removing seasonal patterns from data. TYPE: Skills. RSOP 4 Estimate and analyse the seasonality component of a time series, and interpret its impact on system behaviour. TYPE: Skills. RSOP 5 Carry out short- and medium-term forecasts using exponential smoothing methods, assessing their accuracy and suitability. TYPE: Skills. RSOP 6 Handle missing data in time series, using interpolation and backcasting techniques to ensure consistency and reliability. TYPE: Skills. RCOP 1 Apply acquired knowledge to real-world examples, interpreting results and drawing meaningful conclusions from practical case studies. TYPE: Competences. Description of the content - Introduction: Graphical representation of a time series. - Classification of time series: Descriptive analysis. - Objectives of time series analysis. - Components of a time series: Decomposition of the series into components. - Trend analysis and estimation: Deterministic and evolutionary. - Differentiation of the series: Seasonal differentiation of the series. - Analysis and estimation of seasonality. - Forecasting a time series. Exponential smoothing. - Missing data: Interpolation of missing data and backcasting. - Examples of applications. ------------------------- - Introduction: graphical representation of a time series. - Classification of time series: descriptive analysis. - Objectives of time series analysis. - Components of a time series: decomposition of a time series into its components. - Trend analysis and estimation: deterministic and evolving trends. - Differencing a time series: seasonal differencing. - Seasonality analysis and estimation. - Time series forecasting: exponential smoothing. - Missing data: interpolation of missing data and backcasting. - Examples of applications. Teaching activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.2 Workshops and computer laboratories. AP4. Independent study, case and problem solving, and literature search. AP5. Tutorials. AP6. Knowledge assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria REGULAR EXAM SESSION - Case studies: 50 per cent. To be completed during term time. - Final exam (ordinary assessment): 50 per cent. This will cover the entire course content. The course mark for the ordinary assessment period will be the weighted average of both assessment activities, provided that the final exam mark is 4.0 out of 10 or higher. Otherwise, the final mark will be that obtained in the final exam (fail). SUPPLEMENTARY SESSION In the supplementary sitting, the course mark will be the mark obtained in a final examination (supplementary sitting examination), which will cover all course content. ------------------------- ORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD - Use Cases: 50%. To be completed during the teaching period. - Final Examination (Ordinary Examination): 50%. Covers all course content. The final mark for the course during the Ordinary Examination Period will be the weighted average of the two assessment activities, provided that a minimum mark of 4.0/10 is achieved in the final examination. If this minimum mark is not achieved, the final mark will be the mark obtained in the examination, resulting in a fail. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD During the Extraordinary Examination Period, the final mark for the course will be the mark obtained in a final examination (Extraordinary Examination), which covers all course content. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH TERM
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| C0442331 | Financial Mathematical Analysis | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial Mathematical AnalysisCódigo: C0442331 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The course aims to provide students with the mathematical foundations necessary for the analysis of financial markets and products in discrete time, covering the valuation of assets and derivatives, the time value of money and interest rates. It also aims to develop students’ ability to formulate and apply financial models based on the principle of no-arbitrage and the fundamentals of asset and derivative valuation./The course aims to provide students with the mathematical foundations required for the analysis of financial markets and products in discrete time, addressing the valuation of assets and derivatives, the time value of money, and interest rates. It also aims to develop students’ ability to formulate and apply financial models based on the no-arbitrage principle and the fundamental principles of asset and derivative valuation. The aim is to equip students to analyse and manage the risk and return of financial assets, as well as to design and optimise investment portfolios and establish hedging strategies using mathematical tools. All of this is geared towards the application of quantitative methods to problems of valuation, risk management and financial engineering./The course is intended to equip students with the skills required to analyse and manage the risk and return of financial assets, as well as to design and optimise investment portfolios and develop hedging strategies using mathematical tools. All of this is geared towards the application of quantitative methods to problems involving valuation, risk management and financial engineering. Prerequisites Students wishing to enrol on this course are advised to have passed courses relating to linear algebra and differential calculus in one and several variables, integral calculus in one variable, and descriptive and inferential statistics—both univariate (minimum requirement) and multivariate. It is also advisable for students to be familiar with the use of computational tools for modelling and quantitative analysis (such as Python, R, etc.)./Students wishing to enrol in this course are advised to have successfully completed courses covering linear algebra; differential calculus in one and several variables; single-variable integral calculus; and univariate (minimum requirement) and multivariate descriptive and inferential statistics. It is also advisable for students to be familiar with the use of computational tools for modelling and quantitative analysis, such as Python, R, etc. Learning Outcomes Not applicable./Not applicable. Learning outcomes RKOP 5 Understand elementary market models and the classification of assets by risk. TYPE: Knowledge or Content. RKOP 6 Analyse the time value of money, interest rates and price dynamics, mastering concepts such as no-arbitrage and the fundamental theorem of financial valuation. TYPE: Knowledge or Content. RSOP 11 Apply discrete-time models, such as the one-step binomial model, to value financial derivatives. TYPE: Skills. RSOP 12 Valuate and construct portfolios along the efficient frontier and price European and American options, including put-call parity. TYPE: Skills. RSOP 13 Modelling variable and stochastic interest rates within binomial tree frameworks. TYPE: Skills. RCOP 3 Explore forward and futures contracts, applying tools for risk hedging and financial engineering. TYPE: Competences. Description of the content - Elementary market model. - Types of assets based on risk. - One-step binomial model. Call and put options. - Time value of money, interest rates. Price dynamics, risk and expected return. - Discrete-time models. The no-arbitrage principle. - Fundamental theorem of financial valuation. - Portfolio optimisation. Efficient frontier. - Forward and futures contracts. - Valuation of European options. Put-call parity. - American options. - Risk hedging: Applications to financial engineering. - Variable and stochastic interest rates in binomial trees. ------------------------- - Elementary market model. - Types of assets according to their risk. - One-step binomial model. Call and put options. - Time value of money and interest rates. Price dynamics, risk and expected return. - Discrete-time models. No-arbitrage principle. - Fundamental theorem of asset pricing. - Portfolio optimisation. Efficient frontier. - Forward and futures contracts. - Valuation of European options. Put–call parity. - American options. - Risk hedging: applications to financial engineering. - Variable and stochastic interest rates in binomial trees. Teaching activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.1. Project development and challenge-based problem solving. AP4. Independent study, case and problem solving, and literature search. AP5. Tutorials. AP6. Knowledge assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria REGULAR EXAM SESSION - Case studies: 50 per cent. To be completed during term time. - Final exam (ordinary assessment): 50 per cent. This will cover the entire course content. The course mark for the ordinary assessment period will be the weighted average of both assessment activities, provided that the mark for the final exam is 4.0 out of 10 or higher. Otherwise, the final mark will be that obtained in the final exam (fail). SUPPLEMENTARY SESSION In the supplementary sitting, the course mark will be the mark obtained in a final examination (supplementary sitting examination), which will cover all course content. ------------------------- ORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD Assignments: 50%. To be completed during the teaching period. Final Examination (Ordinary Examination): 50%. Covers all course content. The final mark for the course during the Ordinary Examination Period will be the weighted average of the two assessment activities, provided that a minimum mark of 4.0/10 is achieved in the final examination. If this minimum mark is not achieved, the final mark will be the mark obtained in the examination, resulting in a fail. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD During the Extraordinary Examination Period, the final mark for the course will be the mark obtained in a final examination (Extraordinary Examination), which covers all course content. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| C0442332 | Data Visualisation | OP | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Data VisualisationCódigo: C0442332 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Elective. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The course aims to provide students with the fundamentals and techniques required for data analysis and visualisation, taking into account the nature, structure and dimensionality of the data, and applying appropriate principles of visual coding to represent patterns, relationships and trends. It also aims to develop students’ ability to use univariate and multivariate visualisation techniques, as well as specific methods for representing structured and unstructured data, including graphs, networks, text and data flows./The course aims to provide students with the fundamental concepts and techniques required for data analysis and visualisation, taking into account the nature, structure and dimensionality of data, and applying appropriate visual encoding principles to represent patterns, relationships and trends. It also aims to develop students’ ability to use univariate and multivariate visualisation techniques, as well as specific methods for representing structured and unstructured data, including graphs, networks, text and data streams. The aim is to enable students to design, implement and evaluate static, dynamic and interactive visualisations using specialised tools in desktop and web environments, selecting representation options appropriate to the characteristics of the data and the context of application. It also seeks to develop the ability to plan and carry out data visualisation projects and to communicate information, patterns and results clearly and effectively./The course is intended to equip students with the skills required to design, implement and evaluate static, dynamic and interactive visualisations using specialised tools in desktop and web environments, selecting appropriate representation methods according to the characteristics of the data and the application context. In addition, students will develop the ability to plan and carry out data visualisation projects and to communicate information, patterns and findings clearly and effectively. Prerequisites Students wishing to enrol on this module are advised to have successfully completed modules relating to linear algebra and differential and integral calculus in one and several variables, both univariate and multivariate descriptive and inferential statistics, as well as the fundamentals of programming and algorithms. Finally, students should be familiar with programming in Python, including data structures (lists, dictionaries, arrays), control flow and functions, as well as having experience with related working environments (Jupyter Notebooks, GitHub, etc.)./Students wishing to enrol on this course are advised to have successfully completed courses covering linear algebra; differential and integral calculus in one and several variables; univariate and multivariate descriptive and inferential statistics; and the fundamentals of programming and algorithms. Finally, students should be familiar with programming in Python, including data structures (lists, dictionaries and arrays), control flow and functions, as well as having experience with relevant working environments (Jupyter Notebooks, GitHub, etc.). Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Learning Outcomes RKOP 4 Identify and classify different types of data and their sources, distinguishing between categorical, ordinal and numerical variables. TYPE: Knowledge or Content. RSOP 7 Select and apply appropriate visualisation techniques for ordinal and numerical data, ensuring clarity and effective communication of information. TYPE: Skills. RSOP 8 Visualise multivariate data using tools such as scatterplot matrices and Chernoff faces, interpreting patterns, correlations and relationships among variables. TYPE: Skills. RSOP 9 Represent structured data through graph-based and network visualisations, understanding their structure and extracting meaningful insights. TYPE: Skills. RSOP 10 Use visualisation tools for dynamic data, interpreting changes over time and supporting real-time or near-real-time decision-making. TYPE: Skills. RCOP 2 Develop visualisation strategies for unstructured data, including text and streaming data, using appropriate transformation and abstraction methods. TYPE: Skills. Course content description - Types of data and data sources. - Visualisation of ordinal and numerical data. - Visualisation of multivariate data: scatter plots, Chernoff faces. - Visualisation of structured data: graphs and network representations. - Visualisation of unstructured data: text, data streams, etc. - Visualisation tools for dynamic data. ------------------------- - Types of data and data sources. - Information visualisation for ordinal and numerical data. - Multivariate data visualisation: scatter plots and Chernoff faces. - Visualisation of structured data: graphs and network representations. - Visualisation of unstructured data: text, data streams, etc. - Visualisation tools for dynamic data. Training activities AP1. Lectures. AP2. Interactive classes. AP3.2 Workshops and computer labs. AP4. Independent study, case and problem solving, and literature search. AP5. Tutorials. AP6. Knowledge assessment tests. Assessment system and criteria REGULAR EXAM SESSION - Case studies: 50 per cent. To be completed during term time. - Final exam (ordinary assessment): 50 per cent. This will cover the entire course content. The course mark for the ordinary assessment period will be the weighted average of both assessment activities, provided that the final exam mark is 4.0 out of 10 or higher. Otherwise, the final mark will correspond to that obtained in the final exam (fail). SUPPLEMENTARY SESSION In the supplementary sitting, the course mark will be the mark obtained in a final examination (supplementary sitting examination), which will cover the entire course content. ------------------------- ORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD Assignments: 50%. To be completed during the teaching period. Final Examination (Ordinary Examination): 50%. Covers all course content. The final mark for the course during the Ordinary Examination Period will be the weighted average of the two assessment activities, provided that a minimum mark of 4.0/10 is achieved in the final examination. If this minimum mark is not achieved, the final mark will be the mark obtained in the examination, resulting in a fail. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION PERIOD During the Extraordinary Examination Period, the final mark for the course will be the mark obtained in a final examination (Extraordinary Examination), which covers all course content. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
*Character: BT: Basic Training, Ob: Required, Op: Optional
Students of the double degree in mathematical engineering + computer science participate in real innovation projects proposed and managed by companies such as Avanade, CaixaBank, Eco Alf, CINPA or Quirón Salud among others.
All projects are aligned with the SDG 2030 (Sustainable Development Goals) of the 2030 agenda established by the United Nations Assembly.
These are some of the projects in which Business and Tech students are participating:
International placements: As a student at UAX Business and Tech you will have the opportunity to undertake international placements at leading universities in key destinations such as the USA, London, China, Germany and Canada, among others.
These are some of the international universities where you will be able to do international placements:
International Internships: Students of the double degree in Mathematical Engineering + Computer Science will be able to carry out international internships in countries such as the USA, UK, Germany or Asian countries such as China, South Korea or Japan, among others.
At UAX you will feel connected to the industry from the very first moment: Master classes, seminars or workshops will be part of your day-to-day life at the university.
In addition, you will have the opportunity to participate in real innovation projects with companies such as the CUBESAT project where students collaborate in the design and launch of a microsatellite into space with the company B2Space.
You will be able to carry out external internships in leading companies and complete your training with visits to organisations and attendance at conferences that will keep you in direct contact with the big names in the sector.
UAX currently has collaboration agreements with companies of the likes of:
We have Career Services, which provides you with the necessary infrastructure so that you can carry out internships in companies and institutions.
Studying the double degree in mathematical engineering + computer science, you will be trained by more than 70% of professors who combine teaching with professional activity in leading companies such as; Seedtag, Agoratech or INDRA:
See the complete list of the faculty of the Bachelor's Degree in Mathematical Engineering + Computer Science
1. SOLICITUD DE ADMISIÓN:
2. PRUEBA DE ADMISIÓN:
Para la evaluación asincrónica, se te pedirá que, y a lo largo de tu proceso de admisión, a través del portal de admisiones UAX, nos facilites:
El objetivo de ambas pruebas es tener la oportunidad de conocerte más en profundidad y con una visión más holística, para identificar en ti esas habilidades y competencias claves para tu admisión en la titulación solicitada; así como para un posterior acompañamiento personalizado a lo largo de tus estudios en UAX.
Para cualquier tipo de duda, solicita información y nuestro equipo de asesores te ayudara a completar el proceso.
Hear first-hand accounts from businesses and students, be inspired by the creativity and ingenuity of our maker projects, and discover what life is like on our campus, which is brimming with activities and events to suit all tastes.
Companies are an integral part of your day-to-day life on campus. You’ll take part in innovation projects, have your skills certified, and be offered work placements from your first year onwards. Companies such as Avanade, CIMPA and Sener are already developing talent and working on projects alongside our students.
Opt for a CV that maximises your employability
Training in key areas driving technological advancement, such as programming, Big Data and predictive modelling
Data-driven thinking for decision-making and driving change.
30 ECTS credits of training in key business areas such as strategic management, user experience and digital product innovation.
You will have experience in real innovation projects proposed and managed by companies such as Caixabank, Ecoalf, Avanade or Quirónsalud.
Agile methodologies and certifications in communication, leadership, analytical and disruptive thinking.
Between 500 and 1,000 job offers for Mathematical and Computer Engineering profiles are posted on LinkedIn every week, with more than 50,000 opportunities globally.
These professionals stand out for their ability to analyse large volumes of data, solve complex problems and make strategic decisions based on technology.
The Bachelor's Degree in Mathematical Engineering + Computer Science offers career opportunities such as:
Professionals’ Council
Meet some of your teachers
“Databases provide the necessary support for modern information systems. The Higher-Level Vocational Training Course in Multi-platform Application Development covers their design, implementation and optimisation, as well as the techniques, procedures and languages that enable users and applications to manage and work with data in accordance with appropriate performance and security standards.”
She has 20 years of professional experience in the field of international development cooperation, coordinating projects and public funding agreements in Latin America, Central America and Africa. She has also worked as an independent evaluator of official development aid projects and speaks four languages: Spanish, English, French and Portuguese.
PhD in Economics and Business Administration (Cum Laude) and a Master's Degree in Sales and Marketing Management. Professional with extensive experience in IT and business development in multinationals such as Dell Computer and Expectra Technology. Expert in data science and artificial intelligence applied to economics and business, he specialises in predictive models, machine learning and large language models (LLMs).
Engineer and PhD in Chemistry, specialist in AI and Data Science, with more than 20 years of experience and a solid track record in international projects in Big Data, machine learning and quantum computing. He is co-founder of OncomIA, a biomedical company that applies advanced technology in the fight against cancer. He is currently Head of Studies in Mathematical Engineering and Physics at UAX, where he teaches artificial intelligence and quantum computing.
In shared spaces on campus, in joint innovation projects and through internships from the first years.
Academic and professional mentoring programme that focuses your efforts and achievements towards your best profile.
You will be trained through innovation projects with real companies and students from other degrees, developing products and solutions based on technology.
+700h of certified training in new technologies, advanced analytics and professional skills.
Internships and placements in strategic markets such as Asia, Europe or the USA and a progressive bilingual model.
Innovative Campus as a reference meeting point between technology, business and students.
Scholarships and Financial Support for Studying at UAX
We know that studying is an investment. That’s why we want to remove financial barriers and make things easier for you. Fill in the form and let our advisers help you discover the scholarships, agreements and personalised financial support that best suit your situation.
Community of Madrid
Financial support for students with a disability of 33 per cent or more who are studying at universities or higher education institutions specialising in the arts in the Community of Madrid.
Ministry of Education, Vocational Training and Sport
Find out about the scholarships and grants offered by the Ministry of Education, Vocational Training and Sport, categorised by type and level of education.
If you’ve already decided to take the plunge, enrol early and benefit from a direct grant. It’s a way of rewarding your commitment and giving you a head start in planning your future.
Students from Ibero-America
This programme is aimed at Ibero-American citizens or foreign nationals legally resident in countries within the OEI’s sphere of influence. The scholarship covers a 50% discount on the total tuition fees.
Students from Ecuador
This programme is aimed at citizens with Ecuadorian nationality and/or residence who wish to study an online master’s degree in Spain. The scholarship covers a 50% discount on the total tuition fees.
2025, 2nd Edition
Grants for students on higher-level vocational training, undergraduate, postgraduate or master’s programmes enrolled at Spanish universities with a Santander agreement. A financial supplement to support you whilst undertaking your work placements.
If you graduated from UAX and are now thinking of studying for a new degree, we want to continue supporting you. That’s why we’re offering you a 10 per cent discount on tuition fees.
If you have an immediate family member (up to the second degree of kinship) enrolled at UAX, you can benefit from a 5 per cent discount on tuition fees. Because studying as a family is even better.
Studying for two degrees at the same time is a challenge, and we want to support you. If you’re already at UAX and enrol on a second degree programme, you’ll be eligible for a grant towards your booking fee and tuition fees.
If you’d like to continue your studies with us and progress from vocational training to a bachelor’s degree, from one bachelor’s degree to another, or from a bachelor’s degree to a postgraduate degree, we’re here to support you with a grant covering up to 25 per cent of your tuition fees.
If you have a strong academic record, we would like to recognise your talent with a scholarship designed for new students. (Excludes the degree in Medicine).
If you’re a high-performance athlete, at UAX we want to help you balance your passion with your studies. We offer specific grants that can cover up to 50% of your tuition fees.
Recognised for helping to shape your career
The rankings place UAX amongst the best universities in Spain for graduate employability, innovation and an educational model that is closely linked to the world of work.
Forbes ranks UAX as the private university with the most graduates working in its area (nearly 90%), thanks to a unique educational model firmly linked to the labour market through more than 8,800 agreements with companies.
The prestigious ranking of the BBVA Foundation and the IVIE recognises us as the university with the best job placement in Spain in 2023, consolidating our model focused on the real employability of our graduates.
The Coordenadas Institute of Governance and Applied Economics places UAX as the private university of reference in Madrid, highlighting our practical training model aligned with the reality of the market.
UAX has been awarded the top 5-star rating and the ‘Excellent’ distinction by QS Stars, one of the most prestigious international university ranking systems. This recognition attests to the university’s excellence in key areas such as employability, teaching quality, facilities, online learning and the student experience.
UAX is recognised as the second most innovative university in Spain, the only private university among the top three in the ranking. This recognition highlights our transversal commitment to AI and training in sustainability.
Según la Lista Forbes 2025, UAX se sitúa en el TOP 2 Universidades españolas referentes en la adopción de IA Generativa en la formación de sus estudiantes, desarrollando herramientas y modelos de aprendizaje innovadores alineados con la evolución tecnológica.
We need to know a little bit about you so that we can provide you with a personalised service.
All fields are required
En el Doble Grado en Ingeniería matemática + Ingeniería informática de UAX te prepararás para combinar el análisis cuantitativo de las matemáticas con la capacidad de plantear soluciones prácticas basadas en la informática. Y así convertirte en un perfil imprescindible en las empresas digitalizadas más punteras.
Te formarás a través de metodologías Agile, recibirás formación estratégica para la gestión de negocios digitales y trabajarás en proyectos interdisciplinares con estudiantes de otras titulaciones y empresas como Avanade, Ecoalf, Quirónsalud o Caixabank entre otras.
The opportunities are wide-ranging, technically advanced and highly remunerated. You can work as a software engineer in leading technology companies, a researcher in artificial intelligence or machine learning, a developer of algorithms for banking and finance (quant), a specialist in cybersecurity, a data scientist, a systems architect, or pursue an academic career through a PhD. The mathematician-computer scientist profile is especially in demand in companies such as Google, Amazon, Meta, Microsoft, research centres and quantitative investment funds.
Mucha. Este doble grado tiene una base matemática muy sólida y exigente. Estudiarás Álgebra Lineal, Cálculo, Análisis Matemático, Probabilidad, Estadística, Geometría, Topología, Álgebra Abstracta y Métodos Numéricos, entre otras. La carga matemática es comparable a la de un Grado en Matemáticas puro, y se complementa con materias de programación, algoritmos, sistemas operativos, redes, bases de datos e inteligencia artificial. Es un programa para quienes disfrutan genuinamente de las matemáticas y quieren aplicarlas en contextos de alta tecnología.
It is not a question of being a "genius", but of having a solid mathematical foundation in Bachillerato (especially Mathematics II or Mathematics for Science) and, above all, a genuine disposition for abstract thinking and problem solving. The first year is usually the hardest in terms of adjusting to the level of demand. If you enjoyed mathematics and technology in high school, and if you did not just memorise but understood the concepts, you have the conditions to succeed in this double degree.
Estudiar solo Informática te da una formación más aplicada en desarrollo de software, sin la profundidad matemática que permite abordar problemas de alta complejidad como el diseño de algoritmos eficientes o los modelos de aprendizaje automático avanzado. Estudiar solo Matemáticas te da una formación teórica muy sólida, pero puede carecer de las herramientas computacionales para implementar y escalar soluciones. El doble grado une lo mejor de ambos mundos: puedes diseñar el modelo matemático y programarlo tú mismo, lo que es una ventaja competitiva enorme en sectores como la inteligencia artificial, la criptografía o las finanzas cuantitativas.
La duración habitual es de 5 a 6 años, dependiendo de la universidad. Es una formación larga e intensa, pero el retorno en términos de empleabilidad y salario está entre los más altos de todas las titulaciones universitarias en España. Al finalizar, obtienes dos títulos oficiales de grado reconocidos en el Espacio Europeo de Educación Superior. Muchos egresados continúan con un máster especializado en Inteligencia Artificial, Ciberseguridad o Computación Cuántica, aunque el doble grado por sí solo ya abre puertas a posiciones técnicas de primer nivel.
It is probably one of the best academic foundations for working in AI. The fundamentals of machine learning, deep learning and statistical modelling require precisely the combination of advanced mathematics (linear algebra, differential calculus, probability) with efficient programming. A graduate in Mathematics and Computer Science can understand AI algorithms from their mathematical foundations and at the same time implement, debug and optimise them in real code. This is the profile that companies such as DeepMind, OpenAI, Meta Research Labs or Google Brain are looking for.
It is one of the degrees with the highest salary potential in Spain and internationally. A junior profile can start between €30,000 and €45,000 gross per year in Spanish technology companies. In international companies, especially in the United States, United Kingdom or Germany, entry-level salaries for this profile can exceed €70,000-90,000 (or the equivalent in dollars). Profiles specialising in quant finance, cybersecurity or AI research have salary ceilings among the highest in the global technology market.
The cut-off mark for the Double Degree in Mathematics and Computer Science is usually high, given the prestige of the programme and the limited number of places available. Depending on the university, it can be between 10 and 13.5 points out of 14. It is advisable to have a high grade in the mathematics subjects of the Baccalaureate and in the EBAU, as the first year of the programme is mathematically demanding and requires a good previous foundation. Consult the updated cut-off mark of the university you are interested in directly, as it may vary from one centre to another.
Yes, and it is one of the strongest profiles for access to PhD programmes in mathematics as well as in computer science, artificial intelligence or computational science. Rigorous mathematical training and computational implementation skills are exactly what high-level PhD programmes are looking for. Many graduates of this double degree go on to PhDs at world-leading universities - MIT, Stanford, ETH Zurich, Oxford - with full scholarships. If you have a vocation for research, this double degree is an exceptional springboard.
Other related qualifications
Bachelor's Degree in Computer Engineering
Start:
September
Length:
4 years
Degree in Mathematical Engineering
+ Data, Coding and Web Certificate by
Start:
September
Length:
4 years
Degree in Mathematical Engineering
Start:
September
Length:
5 years
Degree in Mathematical Engineering
Start:
September
Length:
4 years